ML17249A451: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML17249A451
| number = ML17249A451
| issue date = 12/28/1979
| issue date = 12/28/1979
| title = Discussion of TMI Lessons Learned Short-Term Requirements.
| title = Discussion of TMI Lessons Learned Short-Term Requirements
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = ROCHESTER GAS & ELECTRIC CORP.
| author affiliation = ROCHESTER GAS & ELECTRIC CORP.
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:DISCUSSION OF TMI LESSONS LEARNED SHORT TERM REQUIREMENTS This document provides only a portion of the Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation response to TMI Lessons Learned Short Term Requirements. Additional information is found in Rochester Gas and Electric letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Dennis L. Ziemann, USNRC, dated October 17, 1979 and November 19, 1979.
{{#Wiki_filter:DISCUSSION OF TMI LESSONS LEARNED SHORT TERM REQUIREMENTS This document provides only a portion of the Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation response to TMI Lessons Learned Short Term Requirements.
Additional information is found in Rochester Gas and Electric letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Dennis L. Ziemann, USNRC, dated October 17, 1979 and November 19, 1979.
8P01 040
8P01 040


TABLE OF CONTENTS Section       Title                                                     Pacae 2.1.1         Emergency Power Supply Pressurizer Heaters. . . . . . . . . . . . .              1 Pressurizer Level and Relief Block Valves. .              3 2.1.2         Performance Testing for BWR and PWR Relief and Safety Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              4 2.1.3. a    Direct. Indication of Power-Operated Relief Valve and Safety Valve Position for PWRs and BWRs                                                   5 2.1.3.b       Instrumentation for Detection of Inadequate Core Cooling Subcooling Meter                                           6 Additional Instrumentation                                 8 2.1.4         Containment    Isolation.                                  13 2.1.5.a       Dedicated  H2  Control Penetrations.      . . .  .  .  . 14 2.1.5.c
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Pacae 2.1.1 Emergency Power Supply Pressurizer Heaters.
  ~ ~ ~     Capability to Install Hydrogen Recombiner at each Light Water Nuclear Power Plant . . . .              15 2.1.6.a      Integrity of Systems Outside Containment Likely to Contain Radioactive Materials for PWRs   and BWRs.   . . . . . . .  .  . . . .  .  .  . 16 2.1.6.b      Design Review of Plant Shielding and Environ-mental Qualification of Equipment for Spaces/Systems Which May Be Used in Post Accident Operations.                                     31 2.1.7.a      Auto Initiation of the Auxiliary Feedwater Systems   (AFWS)                                         34 2.1.7.b       Auxiliary Feedwater     Flow Indication to   Steam Generators   . . . . . . . . .   . . . . . .  .  . 36 2.1.8.a      Improved Post-Accident Sampling         Capability.     . 37 2.1.8.b      Increased Range of Radiation Monitors.
1 Pressurizer Level and Relief Block Valves.
                                                  \
3 2.1.2 2.1.3. a Performance Testing for BWR and PWR Relief and Safety Valves.
42 Tables 2.1.8.b.l Interim Procedures for Quantifying High Level Accidental Radioactivity Releases.           . . 46 2.1.8.b.2 High Range Effluent Monitor. . . . . . .           . . . 47 2.1.8.b.3 High Range Containment Radiation Monitor          . . . 48
4 Direct. Indication of Power-Operated Relief Valve and Safety Valve Position for PWRs and BWRs 5
2.1.3.b Instrumentation for Detection of Inadequate Core Cooling Subcooling Meter Additional Instrumentation 6
8 2.1.4 2.1.5.a 2.1.5.c
~
~
~
2.1.6.a Containment Isolation.
13 Dedicated H2 Control Penetrations.
14 Capability to Install Hydrogen Recombiner at each Light Water Nuclear Power Plant 15 Integrity of Systems Outside Containment Likely to Contain Radioactive Materials for PWRs and BWRs.
16 2.1.6.b 2.1.7.a Design Review of Plant Shielding and Environ-mental Qualification of Equipment for Spaces/Systems Which May Be Used in Post Accident Operations.
Auto Initiation of the Auxiliary Feedwater Systems (AFWS) 31 34 2.1.7.b Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Indication to Steam Generators 36 2.1.8.a 2.1.8.b Tables 2.1.8.b.l 2.1.8.b.2 2.1.8.b.3 Improved Post-Accident Sampling Capability.
37 Increased Range of Radiation Monitors.
\\
42 Interim Procedures for Quantifying High Level Accidental Radioactivity Releases.
. 46 High Range Effluent Monitor.
47 High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.
. 48
: Section, Title TABLE OF CONTENTS (Conte.nued)
Pacae 2.1.8.c Improved In-Plant Iodine Instrumentati Accident Conditions.
on Under 50 2.1.9'.2.l.a 2.2.1.b 2.2.1.c
.2.a
.2.b 2.2.2.c Transient and Accident Analysis.
Containment Pressure Indication.
Containment Water Level Indication Containment, Hydrogen Indication.
Reactor Coolant Syst: em Venting Shift Supervisor Responsibilities.
Shift, Technical Advisor.
Shift and Relief Turnover Procedures Control Room Access.
Onsite Technical Support Center.
Onsite Operational Support Center.
51 53 54 55 56 70 74 79 81 82 89


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Conte.nued)
Section 2. 1. 1 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPI Y
Section,    Title                                            Pacae 2.1.8.c      Improved  In-Plant Iodine Instrumentati on Under Accident Conditions.                             50 Transient and Accident Analysis.                   51 Containment Pressure    Indication.               53 Containment Water Level Indication                  54 2.1.9'.2.l.a Containment, Hydrogen Indication.                   55 Reactor Coolant Syst: em Venting                    56 Shift Supervisor Responsibilities.                 70 2.2.1.b      Shift, Technical Advisor.                          74 2.2.1.c      Shift  and Relief Turnover Procedures              79
~
      .2.a  Control Room Access.                               81
~
      .2.b  Onsite Technical Support Center.                   82 2.2.2.c      Onsite Operational Support Center.                 89
Pressurizer Heaters POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite
: power, the -following positions shall be implemented:
Pressurizer Heater Power Su l 1.
The pressurizer heater power supply design shall provide the capability to supply, from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source (when offsite power is not available),
a predetermined number of pressurizer heaters and associated controls necessary to establish and maintain natural circulation at hot standby conditions.
The required heaters and their controls shall be connected to the emergency buses in a manner that will provide redundant power supply capability.
2.
Procedures and training shall be established to make the operator aware of when and how the required pressurizer heaters shall be connected to the emergency buses.
If required, the procedures shall identify under what conditions selected emergency loads can be shed from the emergency power source to provide suffzca.ent capacity for the connection of the pressurizer heaters.
3.
The time required to accomplish the connection of the preselected pressurizer heater to the emergency buses shall be consistent with the timely initiation and maintenance of natural circulation conditions.
4 Pressurizer heater motive and control power interfaces with the emergency buses shall be accomplished through devices that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.
CLARIFICATION 1.
In order not to compromise independence between the sources of emergency power and still provide redundant capability to provide emergency power to the pressurizer
: heaters, each redundant heater or group of heaters should have access to only one Class 1E division power supply.
2.
The number of heaters required to have access to each emergency power source is that number required to maintain natural circulation in the hot standby condition.
3.
The power sources need not necessarily have the capacity to provide power to the heaters concurrent with the loads required for LOCA.
4.
Any change-over of the heaters from normal offsite power to emergency onsite power is to be accomplished manually in the control room.


Section 2. 1. 1
5.
            ~ ~
In establishing procedures to manually reload the pressurizer heaters onto the emergency power sources, careful consideration must be given to:
EMERGENCY POWER SUPPI Y Pressurizer Heaters POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite power, the -following positions shall be implemented:
a.
Pressurizer Heater Power    Su  l
Which ESF loads may be appropriately shed for a given situation.
: 1. The  pressurizer heater power supply design shall provide the capability to supply, from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source (when offsite power is not available), a predetermined number of pressurizer heaters and associated controls necessary to establish and maintain natural circulation at hot standby conditions. The required heaters and their controls shall be connected to the emergency buses in          a manner that will provide redundant power supply capability.
b.
: 2. Procedures    and  training shall  be  established to make the operator aware of when and how the required pressurizer heaters shall be connected to the emergency buses.      If  required, the procedures shall identify under what conditions selected emergency loads can be shed from the emergency power source to provide suffzca.ent capacity for the connection of the pressurizer heaters.
Reset of the Safety Injection Actuation Signal to permit the operation of the heaters.
: 3. The time    required to accomplish the connection of the preselected pressurizer heater to the emergency buses shall be consistent with the timely initiation and maintenance of natural circulation conditions.
c.
4    Pressurizer heater motive and control power        interfaces with the emergency buses shall be accomplished through devices        that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.
Instrumentation and criteria for operator use to prevent overloading a diesel generator.
CLARIFICATION
6.
: 1. In order not to compromise independence between the sources of emergency power and  still provide redundant capability to provide emergency power to the pressurizer heaters, each redundant heater or group of heaters should have access to only one Class 1E division power supply.
The Class 1E interfaces for main power and control power are to be pro-tected by safety-grade circuit breakers.
: 2. The number  of heaters required to have access to each emergency power source is that number required to maintain natural circulation in the hot standby condition.
(See also Reg.
: 3. The power sources    need not necessarily have the capacity to provide power to the heaters concurrent with the loads required for LOCA.
Guide 1.75) 7.
: 4. Any change-over    of the heaters from normal offsite power to emergency onsite power is to    be accomplished manually in the control room.
Being non-Class IE loads, the pressurizer heaters must be automatically shed from the emergency power sources upon the occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal.
: 5. In establishing procedures to manually reload the pressurizer heaters onto the emergency power sources, careful consideration must be given to:
(See item 5.b.
: a. Which ESF loads may be   appropriately shed for a given situation.
above)
: b. Reset of the Safety Injection Actuation Signal to permit the operation of the heaters.
RGSE Res onses The pressurizer heater power supply conforms to all the require-ments specified.
: c. Instrumentation and criteria for operator use to prevent overloading a diesel generator.
A new procedure, 0-8.1 "Restoration of Pressurizer Heaters to Maintain Natural Circulation at Hot Shutdown" has been incorporated.
: 6. The Class 1E   interfaces for main power and control power are to be pro-tected by safety-grade circuit breakers. (See also Reg. Guide 1.75)
It includes criteria to prevent overload-ing of a diesel generator while providing for sufficient power to overcome pressurizer heat losses to maintain the reactor coolant system subcooled and to enhance natural circulation.
: 7. Being non-Class IE loads, the pressurizer heaters must be automatically shed from the emergency power sources upon the occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal. (See item 5.b. above)
Operator training in the use of this procedure has been completed.
RGSE Res   onses The pressurizer heater power supply conforms to all the require-ments   specified. A new procedure, 0-8.1 "Restoration of Pressurizer Heaters to Maintain Natural Circulation at Hot Shutdown" has been incorporated.         It includes criteria to prevent overload-ing of a diesel generator while providing for sufficient power to overcome pressurizer heat losses to maintain the reactor coolant system subcooled and to enhance natural circulation. Operator training in the use of this procedure has been completed. Existing emergency and operating procedures have been changed to refer to this procedure.
Existing emergency and operating procedures have been changed to refer to this procedure.


Section 2.1.1 -
Section 2.1.1 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
              ~ ~     EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY Pressurizer Level     and Relief Block Valves POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite power, the following positions shall be implemented:
~
Power Su   l   for Pressurizer Relief and Block Valves and Pressurizer Level Indicators
~
: 1. Motive and control components of the power-operated relief valves (PORVs) shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offiste power is not available.
Pressurizer Level and Relief Block Valves POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite
: 2. Motive and control components associated with the PORV block valves shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offsite power is not available.
: power, the following positions shall be implemented:
: 3. Motive and control power connections to the emergency buses for the PORVs and their associated block valves shall be through devices that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.
Power Su l for Pressurizer Relief and Block Valves and Pressurizer Level Indicators 1.
The pressurizer level indication instrument channels shall     be powered from the vital   instrument buses. The buses shall have the capability of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when offsite power is not available.
Motive and control components of the power-operated relief valves (PORVs) shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offiste power is not available.
CLARIFICATION
2.
: 1. While the prevalent consideration from TMI Lessons Learned is being able to close the PORV/block valves, the design should retain, to the extent practical, the capability to open these valves.
Motive and control components associated with the PORV block valves shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offsite power is not available.
2 ~   The motive and control power for the block valve should be supplied from an emergency power bus different from that which supplies the PORV.
3.
: 3. Any changeover   of the PORV and block valve motive and control power from the normal offsite power to the emergency onsite power is to be accomplished manually in the control room.
Motive and control power connections to the emergency buses for the PORVs and their associated block valves shall be through devices that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.
: 4. For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electrical power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to the emergency power sources.
The pressurizer level indication instrument channels shall be powered from the vital instrument buses.
RG&E Res     onses No additional response required.
The buses shall have the capability of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when offsite power is not available.
CLARIFICATION 1.
While the prevalent consideration from TMI Lessons Learned is being able to close the PORV/block valves, the design should retain, to the extent practical, the capability to open these valves.
2 ~
The motive and control power for the block valve should be supplied from an emergency power bus different from that which supplies the PORV.
3.
Any changeover of the PORV and block valve motive and control power from the normal offsite power to the emergency onsite power is to be accomplished manually in the control room.
4.
For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electrical power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to the emergency power sources.
RG&E Res onses No additional response required.


Section 2.1.2~  ~
Section 2.1.2 PERFORMANCE TESTING FOR BWR AND PWR RELIEF AND
PERFORMANCE TESTING FOR BWR AND PWR           RELIEF AND SAFETY VAIVES POSITION Pressurized water reactor and boiling water reactor'licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief,. and safety valves under expected operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.
~
CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. Expected operating conditions can be determined through the use       of analysis of accidents and anticipated operational occurrences referenced       in Regulatory Guide 1.70.
SAFETY VAIVES POSITION Pressurized water reactor and boiling water reactor'licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief,. and safety valves under expected operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.
: 2. This testing     is intended to demonstrate valve operability under various flow conditions, that is, the ability of the valve to open and shut under the various flow conditions should be demonstrated.
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 3. Not   all valves on all plants are required to be tested. The valve testing may be   conducted on a   prototypical basis.
Expected operating conditions can be determined through the use of analysis of accidents and anticipated operational occurrences referenced in Regulatory Guide 1.70.
: 4. The   effect of piping on valve operability should be included in the test conditions. Not every piping configuration is required to be tested, but the configurations that are tested should produce the appropriate feedback effects as seen by the relief or safety valve.
2.
: 5. Test data should include data that would permit an evaluation of discharge piping and supports     if those components are not tested directly.
This testing is intended to demonstrate valve operability under various flow conditions, that is, the ability of the valve to open and shut under the various flow conditions should be demonstrated.
: 6. A   description of the test program and the schedule for     testing'hould   be submitted by January 1, 1980.
3.
: 7. Testing shall be complete by July 1, 1981.
Not all valves on all plants are required to be tested.
By letter dated December 17, 1979, Mr. William J. Cahill, Jr.,
The valve testing may be conducted on a prototypical basis.
Chairman of the EPRI Safety and Analysis Task Force, submitted                     to the NRC   "Program Plan for the Performance         Verification of       PWR Safety/ Relief Valves and Systems".
4.
The EPRI Program Plan         provides for completion of the essential portions of the test program by July, 1981. RGSE                 will be participat-ing in the EPRI program to provide program review                 and   to supply plant specific data as required.
The effect of piping on valve operability should be included in the test conditions.
Not every piping configuration is required to be tested, but the configurations that are tested should produce the appropriate feedback effects as seen by the relief or safety valve.
5.
Test data should include data that would permit an evaluation of discharge piping and supports if those components are not tested directly.
6.
A description of the test program and the schedule for testing'hould be submitted by January 1, 1980.
7.
Testing shall be complete by July 1, 1981.
By letter dated December 17,
: 1979, Mr. William J. Cahill, Jr.,
Chairman of the EPRI Safety and Analysis Task Force, submitted to the NRC "Program Plan for the Performance Verification of PWR Safety/ Relief Valves and Systems".
The EPRI Program Plan provides for completion of the essential portions of the test program by July, 1981.
RGSE will be participat-ing in the EPRI program to provide program review and to supply plant specific data as required.


Section 2.1.3.a -
Section 2.1.3.a - DIRECT INDICATION OF POWER-OPERATED RELIEF VALVE
        ~
~
              ~  ~  ~    DIRECT INDICATION OF POWER-OPERATED RELIEF VALVE AND SAFETY VALVE POSITION FOR PWRS AND BWRS POSITION Reactor system   relief and safety valves shall be provided with a positive indication in the control room derived from a reliable valve position detection device or a reliable indication of .flow in the discharge pipe.
~
CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. The   basic requirement is to provide'he operator with unambiguous indica-tion of valve position   (open or closed) so that appropriate operator actions can be taken.
~
: 2. The   valve position should be indicated in the control room. An alarm should be provided in conjunction with this indication.
AND SAFETY VALVE POSITION FOR PWRS AND BWRS POSITION Reactor system relief and safety valves shall be provided with a positive indication in the control room derived from a reliable valve position detection device or a reliable indication of.flow in the discharge pipe.
: 3. The   valve position indication may be safety grade. If the position indication is not safety grade, a reliable single channel direct indication powered from a vital instrument bus may be provided if backup methods of determining valve position are available and are discussed in the emergency procedures as an aid to operator diagnosis and action.
CLARIFICATION 1.
The valve position indication should be seismically qualified consistent with the component or system to which     it is attached. If the seismic i      qualification requirements cannot be met feasibly by January 1, 1980, a justification should be provided for less than seismic qualification and a schedule should be submitted for upgrade to the required seismic qualifi-cation.
The basic requirement is to provide'he operator with unambiguous indica-tion of valve position (open or closed) so that appropriate operator actions can be taken.
: 5. The   position indication should be qualified for its appropriate environment (any transient or accident which would cause the relief or safety valve to lift). If the environmental qualification program for this position indication will not be completed by January 1, 1980, a proposed schedule for completion of the environmental qualification program should be provided.
2.
RG&E Res     onse RGSE has installed linear variable displacement transducers                 (LVDTs) with a control room position alarm on the pressurizer safety valves.
The valve position should be indicated in the control room.
All pressurizer relief and safety valves now have direct stem mounted position indication as well as discharge pipe thermocouple temperature indication. The present safety valve LVDTs are designed for a hostile environment. (1000 psi and 300'F) and are constructed of radiation resistant materials (stainless steel and glass filled polymers). Since a similar LVDT will be available that is designed specifically for high radiation environments, the existing LVDTs will be replaced during the spring refueling outage. An alarm has been added to the existing relief valve stem mounted limit switch indication.
An alarm should be provided in conjunction with this indication.
3.
The valve position indication may be safety grade.
If the position indication is not safety grade, a reliable single channel direct indication powered from a vital instrument bus may be provided if backup methods of determining valve position are available and are discussed in the emergency procedures as an aid to operator diagnosis and action.
i The valve position indication should be seismically qualified consistent with the component or system to which it is attached.
If the seismic qualification requirements cannot be met feasibly by January 1,
: 1980, a
justification should be provided for less than seismic qualification and a schedule should be submitted for upgrade to the required seismic qualifi-cation.
5.
The position indication should be qualified for its appropriate environment (any transient or accident which would cause the relief or safety valve to lift). If the environmental qualification program for this position indication will not be completed by January 1,
: 1980, a proposed schedule for completion of the environmental qualification program should be provided.
RG&E Res onse RGSE has installed linear variable displacement transducers (LVDTs) with a control room position alarm on the pressurizer safety valves.
All pressurizer relief and safety valves now have direct stem mounted position indication as well as discharge pipe thermocouple temperature indication.
The present safety valve LVDTs are designed for a hostile environment.
(1000 psi and 300'F) and are constructed of radiation resistant materials (stainless steel and glass filled polymers).
Since a similar LVDT will be available that is designed specifically for high radiation environments, the existing LVDTs will be replaced during the spring refueling outage.
An alarm has been added to the existing relief valve stem mounted limit switch indication.


Section 2.1.3.b -
Section 2.1.3.b - INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE
            ~  ~  ~      INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE COOLING SUBCOOLING METER POSITION Licensees shall develop procedures to be used by the operator to recognize inadequate core cooling with currently available instrumentation. The licensee shall provide a description of the existing instrumentation for the operators to use to recognize these conditions. A detailed description of the analyses needed to form the basis for operator training and procedure development shall be provided pursuant to another short-term requirement, "Analysi's of Off-Normal Conditions, Including Natural Circulation" (see Section 2.1.9 of NUREG-0578).
~
In addition, each PWR shall install a primary coolant saturation meter to provide on-line indication of coolant saturation condition. Operator instruc-tion as to use of this meter shall include consideration that used exclusive of other related plant parameters.
~
it  is not to be CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. The analysis and procedures addressed in paragraph one above will be reviewed and should be submitted to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" for review.   ~
COOLING SUBCOOLING METER POSITION Licensees shall develop procedures to be used by the operator to recognize inadequate core cooling with currently available instrumentation.
: 2. The purpose   of the subcooling'eter is to provide a continuous indication
The licensee shall provide a description of the existing instrumentation for the operators to use to recognize these conditions.
                                                          ~
A detailed description of the analyses needed to form the basis for operator training and procedure development shall be provided pursuant to another short-term requirement, "Analysi's of Off-Normal Conditions, Including Natural Circulation" (see Section 2.1.9 of NUREG-0578).
of margin to saturated conditions. This is an important diagnostic tool
In addition, each PWR shall install a primary coolant saturation meter to provide on-line indication of coolant saturation condition.
                                              ~
Operator instruc-tion as to use of this meter shall include consideration that it is not to be used exclusive of other related plant parameters.
for the reactor operators.
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 3. Redundant safety grade temperature input from each hot leg (or       use of multiple core exit in (sic) T/C's) are required.
The analysis and procedures addressed in paragraph one above will be reviewed and should be submitted to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" for review.~
: 4. Redundant   safety grade system pressure measures should be provided.
~
: 5. Continuous display of the primary coolant saturation conditions should be provided.
~
: 6. Each PWR should have:       (A.) Safety grade calculational devices and display (minimum of two meters) or (B.) a highly reliable single channel environ-mentally qualified, and testable system plus a backup procedure for use of steam tables.       If the plant computer is to be used, its availability must be documented.
2.
: 7. In the long term, the instrumentation qualifications must be required to be upgraded   to meet the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumenta-tion for Light Water Cooled Nuclear Plants to Assess Plant Conditions Dur-ing and Following an Accident) which is under development.
The purpose of the subcooling'eter is to provide a continuous indication of margin to saturated conditions.
: 8. In all cases appropriate steps (electrical, isolation, etc.) must be taken to assure that the addition of the subcooling meter does not adversely im-pact the reactor protection or engineered safety features systems.
This is an important diagnostic tool for the reactor operators.
The attachment   provides   a definition of information required on the sub-cooling meter.
3.
Redundant safety grade temperature input from each hot leg (or use of multiple core exit in (sic) T/C's) are required.
4.
Redundant safety grade system pressure measures should be provided.
5.
Continuous display of the primary coolant saturation conditions should be provided.
6.
Each PWR should have:
(A.) Safety grade calculational devices and display (minimum of two meters) or (B.) a highly reliable single channel environ-mentally qualified, and testable system plus a backup procedure for use of steam tables.
If the plant computer is to be used, its availability must be documented.
7.
In the long term, the instrumentation qualifications must be required to be upgraded to meet the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumenta-tion for Light Water Cooled Nuclear Plants to Assess Plant Conditions Dur-ing and Following an Accident) which is under development.
8.
In all cases appropriate steps (electrical, isolation, etc.) must be taken to assure that the addition of the subcooling meter does not adversely im-pact the reactor protection or engineered safety features systems.
The attachment provides a definition of information required on the sub-cooling meter.


RGSE Res onses Two independent subcooling meters described in our November 19 letter have been installed. Procedure guidelines that, are used by the operator in recognizing inadequate core cooling were sub-mitted by the Westinghouse Owners'roup on October 30, 1979.
RGSE Res onses Two independent subcooling meters described in our November 19 letter have been installed.
H An existing procedure E-l.5, "Void Formation in the Reactor Coolant System" has been upgraded and modified as necessary to reflect the existing guidelines developed in a generic procedure produced by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.     Information presently available from the plant computer and available to operating personnel has been included during this review. Formal training of licensed operators covering the content of this procedure prior to the recent, upgrade and modification was held between June 11, 1979 and July 13, 1979. Additional guidelines have been recently provided by Westinghouse. These guidelines have been issued on a Plan of Day instruction and placed in the control room and will be reviewed by all operating personnel by January 1, 1980 except for those personnel on vacation who will review soon as they return to work.
Procedure guidelines that, are used by the operator in recognizing inadequate core cooling were sub-mitted by the Westinghouse Owners'roup on October 30, 1979.
it as
H An existing procedure E-l.5, "Void Formation in the Reactor Coolant System" has been upgraded and modified as necessary to reflect the existing guidelines developed in a generic procedure produced by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.
Information presently available from the plant computer and available to operating personnel has been included during this review.
Formal training of licensed operators covering the content of this procedure prior to the recent, upgrade and modification was held between June 11, 1979 and July 13, 1979.
Additional guidelines have been recently provided by Westinghouse.
These guidelines have been issued on a Plan of Day instruction and placed in the control room and will be reviewed by all operating personnel by January 1,
1980 except for those personnel on vacation who will review it as soon as they return to work.


Section 2.1.3.b -
Section 2.1.3.b - INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE
            ~  ~  ~    INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE COOLING ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTATION POSITION Licensees shall provide a description of any additional instrumentation or con-
~
"trols (primary or backup) proposed for the plant to supplement those devices cited in the preceding section giving an unambiguous, easy-to-interpret indica-tion of inadequate core cooling. A description of the functional design require-ments for the system shall also be included. A description of the procedures to be used with the proposed equipment, the analysis used in developing these pro-cedures, and a schedule for installing the equipment shall be provided.
~
CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. Design of new instrumentation should provide an unambiguous indication of inadequate core cooling. This may require new measurements to or a synthesis of existing measurements which meet safety-grade criteria.
COOLING ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTATION POSITION Licensees shall provide a description of any additional instrumentation or con-
The evaluation is to include reactor water level indication.
"trols (primary or backup) proposed for the plant to supplement those devices cited in the preceding section giving an unambiguous, easy-to-interpret indica-tion of inadequate core cooling.
: 3. A commitment to provide the necessary analysis and to study advantages of various instruments to monitor water level and core cooling is required in the response to the September 13, 1979 letter.
A description of the functional design require-ments for the system shall also be included.
: 4. The indication of inadequate core cooling must be unambiguous, should have the following properties:
A description of the procedures to be used with the proposed equipment, the analysis used in developing these pro-
in that,  it a)   it must indicate the existence of inadequate core cooling caused by various phenomena (i.e., high void fraction pumped flow as well as stagnant boil off).
: cedures, and a schedule for installing the equipment shall be provided.
b)   it must not erroneously indicate inadequate core cooling because of the presence of an unrelated phenomenon.
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 5. The indication must give advanced warning of the approach of inadequate core cooling.
Design of new instrumentation should provide an unambiguous indication of inadequate core cooling.
: 6. The indication must cover the full range from normal operation to complete core uncovering. For example,     if water level is chosen as the unambiguous indication, then the range of the instrument (or instruments) must cover the full range from normal water level to the bottom of the core.
This may require new measurements to or a synthesis of existing measurements which meet safety-grade criteria.
RG&E Res     onse The Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG6E is a member, has performed analyses as required by Item 2.1.9 to study the effects of inadequate core cooling. These analyses were provided to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" by a letter dated October 30, 1979. As part of the submittal made by the Owners'roup, an "Instruction to Restore Core Cooling during a Small LOCA" was included. This instruction provides the basis for procedure
3.
The evaluation is to include reactor water level indication.
A commitment to provide the necessary analysis and to study advantages of various instruments to monitor water level and core cooling is required in the response to the {{letter dated|date=September 13, 1979|text=September 13, 1979 letter}}.
4.
The indication of inadequate core cooling must be unambiguous, in that, it should have the following properties:
a) it must indicate the existence of inadequate core cooling caused by various phenomena (i.e., high void fraction pumped flow as well as stagnant boil off).
b) it must not erroneously indicate inadequate core cooling because of the presence of an unrelated phenomenon.
5.
The indication must give advanced warning of the approach of inadequate core cooling.
6.
The indication must cover the full range from normal operation to complete core uncovering.
For example, if water level is chosen as the unambiguous indication, then the range of the instrument (or instruments) must cover the full range from normal water level to the bottom of the core.
RG&E Res onse The Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG6E is a member, has performed analyses as required by Item 2.1.9 to study the effects of inadequate core cooling.
These analyses were provided to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" by a {{letter dated|date=October 30, 1979|text=letter dated October 30, 1979}}.
As part of the submittal made by the Owners'roup, an "Instruction to Restore Core Cooling during a Small LOCA" was included.
This instruction provides the basis for procedure


changes   and operator training required to recognize the existence of inadequate core cooling and restore core cooling based on existing instrumentation. RGSE has incorporated the considerations of this .instruction into our procedures, and Plan of Day instruction.
changes and operator training required to recognize the existence of inadequate core cooling and restore core cooling based on existing instrumentation.
RGSE has incorporated the considerations of this.instruction into our procedures, and Plan of Day instruction.
The October 30 submittal referenced above described the capabilities of the core exit thermocouples for determining the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions and their superiority in some instances to the loop RTDs for measuring true core conditions.
The October 30 submittal referenced above described the capabilities of the core exit thermocouples for determining the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions and their superiority in some instances to the loop RTDs for measuring true core conditions.
Other means of determining the approach to or existence of in-adequate   core cooling could be:
Other means of determining the approach to or existence of in-adequate core cooling could be:
: l. Incore detectors
l.
: 2. Excore detectors
2.
: 3. Reactor coolant pump motor currents 4,. Steam generator pressure
3.
: 5. Reactor vessel water level A discussion of the possible use of these measurements     is provided below.
4,.
The use   of incore movable detectors to determine the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions appears doubtful. The detectors could be driven in to the top of the incore thimbles, which are located at the top of the core, following an accident. However, there may be a lack of sensitivity of the detectors to very low neutron levels and changes that would. occur   if the core is not, covered. Gamma detectors could perhaps be employed, but they suffer from similar sensitivity problems, and from the fact that gamma levels in the fuel region change insignificantly between the covered and uncovered condition. As a result, it, does not appear worthwhile to pursue incore movable detectors as a means of determining inadequate core cooling conditions.
5.
Excore detectors have been'discussed as a possibility in responding to core uncovery. The only detectors which would have the required sensitivity are the source range monitors since the intermediate and power range monitors are not sensitive enough to the low level changes resulting from vessel voiding. The use of the source range monitors will be investigated further as part of the ongoing study of inadequate core cooling being performed by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.     However, their use is probably limited to those instances when significant voiding exists in the downcomer   region, since water in the downcomer would effectively shield the detectors from the core region whether voids existed in the core or not.
Incore detectors Excore detectors Reactor coolant pump motor currents Steam generator pressure Reactor vessel water level A discussion of the possible use of these measurements is provided below.
Reactor coolant pump motor current, which could be indicative of core voiding, is appropriate   if the pumps are running but a more reliable means of determining inadequate core cooling may be needed since a loss of off-site power or a pump trip shuts the pumps down.
The use of incore movable detectors to determine the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions appears doubtful.
The detectors could be driven in to the top of the incore thimbles, which are located at the top of the core, following an accident.
: However, there may be a lack of sensitivity of the detectors to very low neutron levels and changes that would. occur if the core is not, covered.
Gamma detectors could perhaps be employed, but they suffer from similar sensitivity problems, and from the fact that gamma levels in the fuel region change insignificantly between the covered and uncovered condition.
As a result, it, does not appear worthwhile to pursue incore movable detectors as a means of determining inadequate core cooling conditions.
Excore detectors have been'discussed as a possibility in responding to core uncovery.
The only detectors which would have the required sensitivity are the source range monitors since the intermediate and power range monitors are not sensitive enough to the low level changes resulting from vessel voiding.
The use of the source range monitors will be investigated further as part of the ongoing study of inadequate core cooling being performed by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.
However, their use is probably limited to those instances when significant voiding exists in the downcomer region, since water in the downcomer would effectively shield the detectors from the core region whether voids existed in the core or not.
Reactor coolant pump motor current, which could be indicative of core voiding, is appropriate if the pumps are running but a more reliable means of determining inadequate core cooling may be needed since a loss of off-site power or a pump trip shuts the pumps down.


10 Steam generator pressure indication, which already exists, is, useful in the case where heat transfer from primary to secondary is interrupted due to loss of natural circulation. This, however, does not indicate the approach to inadequate core cooling, nor does it indicate the true condition of the core.
10 Steam generator pressure indication, which already exists, is, useful in the case where heat transfer from primary to secondary is interrupted due to loss of natural circulation.
This, however, does not indicate the approach to inadequate core cooling, nor does it indicate the true condition of the core.
Reactor vessel water level determination is the most promising of the items discussed to provide additional capability of determin-ing the approach to and the existence of inadequate core cooling.
Reactor vessel water level determination is the most promising of the items discussed to provide additional capability of determin-ing the approach to and the existence of inadequate core cooling.
Several systems for determining water level are under review by the Westinghouse Owners'roup. A generic conceptual design of one system is given below:
Several systems for determining water level are under review by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.
Vessel level S stem Descri tion After examining many different methods and principles for deter-mining the water level in the reactor vessel, a basic delta pressure measurement from the bottom of the vessel to the top of the vessel appears to provide the most meaningful and reliable information to the operator. One of the reasons for choosing this system is that the sources of potential errors are better known for this system than for any other new or untested system.
A generic conceptual design of one system is given below:
Figure 1 shows a simplified sketch of the proposed vessel level instrumentation system. The bottom tap of the instrument would use a thimble of the incore movable detector system either at the seal table or in the thimble below the vessel. Use of the thimble as part of the water level indicator would not preclude use of the thimble for incore flux monitoring. For connection below the vessel the flux thimble guide tube would be tapped below the vessel and an instrument line connection made. The instrument line would have an isolation valve and would slope down to a hydraulic coupler connected to a sealed reference leg. For connection at the seal table, a special fitting would be utilized which would be connected to an isolation valve and sealed reference leg. The sealed reference leg would go to the differential pressure transmitter located at an elevation above the expected level of containment flooding. A similar seal leg would go to the top of the vessel and penetrate the head using the vent. line or a special connection on a spare rod cluster control (RCC) mechanism penetration. Two trains of vessel level instrumentation could be provided from the single set of vessel taps.
Vessel level S stem Descri tion After examining many different methods and principles for deter-mining the water level in the reactor vessel, a basic delta pressure measurement from the bottom of the vessel to the top of the vessel appears to provide the most meaningful and reliable information to the operator.
The behavior of the signal generated by this level instrument under normal and accident conditions is being evaluated. The usefulness of this instrument to provide an unambiguous indication of inadequate core cooling is being evaluated as part of Item 2.1.9. The potential errors and accuracy of a final system configuration are being evaluated to assess its usefulness to provide information to the operator for proper operation of a vessel venting system and for normal water level control during periods when the primary system is open and a water level may exist in the vessel. The connection of the level system to the vessel head should be designed to be compatible with the head vent system. Operation of the vent system should not,     if possible,
One of the reasons for choosing this system is that the sources of potential errors are better known for this system than for any other new or untested system.
Figure 1 shows a simplified sketch of the proposed vessel level instrumentation system.
The bottom tap of the instrument would use a thimble of the incore movable detector system either at the seal table or in the thimble below the vessel.
Use of the thimble as part of the water level indicator would not preclude use of the thimble for incore flux monitoring.
For connection below the vessel the flux thimble guide tube would be tapped below the vessel and an instrument line connection made.
The instrument line would have an isolation valve and would slope down to a hydraulic coupler connected to a sealed reference leg.
For connection at the seal table, a special fitting would be utilized which would be connected to an isolation valve and sealed reference leg.
The sealed reference leg would go to the differential pressure transmitter located at an elevation above the expected level of containment flooding.
A similar seal leg would go to the top of the vessel and penetrate the head using the vent. line or a special connection on a spare rod cluster control (RCC) mechanism penetration.
Two trains of vessel level instrumentation could be provided from the single set of vessel taps.
The behavior of the signal generated by this level instrument under normal and accident conditions is being evaluated.
The usefulness of this instrument to provide an unambiguous indication
 
of inadequate core cooling is being evaluated as part of Item 2.1.9.
The potential errors and accuracy of a final system configuration are being evaluated to assess its usefulness to provide information to the operator for proper operation of a vessel venting system and for normal water level control during periods when the primary system is open and a water level may exist in the vessel.
The connection of the level system to the vessel head should be designed to be compatible with the head vent system.
Operation of the vent system should not, if possible,


upset all indications of vessel level. If operation of the vent may have a potential impact on the level indication the problem can be avoided by some plants by using a separate instrument tap or by using more than one location. For other plants, such as Ginna, which have no spare RCC mechanism penetrations and have only a single existing head vent. penetration, an evaluation will be made of the difficulties and additional radiation exposure required to install separate instrument taps on the reactor head against the potential for level indication accuracy degradation during and following venting. The need for vessel level indica-tion following venting is also being evaluated and will be con-sidered in the selection of instrument tap locations.
upset all indications of vessel level.
If operation of the vent may have a potential impact on the level indication the problem can be avoided by some plants by using a separate instrument tap or by using more than one location.
For other plants, such as Ginna, which have no spare RCC mechanism penetrations and have only a single existing head vent. penetration, an evaluation will be made of the difficulties and additional radiation exposure required to install separate instrument taps on the reactor head against the potential for level indication accuracy degradation during and following venting.
The need for vessel level indica-tion following venting is also being evaluated and will be con-sidered in the selection of instrument tap locations.


Alternate   Connection Ven Line R.V.
Alternate Connection Ven Line R.V.
                                            ~
Train B
Train B
                                                                      +T
~
                                        ~
~
Spare Penetration I
Spare Penetration
I l
+T Reactor Vessel I
I IWide IBange I
I I
I I
IWide            Narrow IBange              Range  I Sensor Bellows I
~ Train B I
I L
Seal Table Sensor Bellows I
l I
Narrow Range I
I I
I I
I
I I
                                                                ~ Train  I B I I
Incore Conduit Protective Environment R.V.
Reactor                                              I                          I Vessel                                Seal          L Table Protective Incore                                            Environment Conduit R.V.
Contaimnent~
Contaimnent Mall
Mall Alternate Connection
                                                                                                ~
~Bott FIGURE l Reactor Vessel Level Instrumentation
Alternate Connection
                                                  ~Bott Reactor Vessel FIGURE  l                            Level Instrumentation


13 Section 2.1.4
13
      ~
~
            ~  ~
~
CONTAINNENT     ISOLATION POSITION
~
: l. All containment     isolation system designs shall comply with the recommenda-tions of SRP 6.2.4; i.e., that there be diversity in the parameters sensed for the initiation of containment isolation.
Section 2.1.4 CONTAINNENT ISOLATION POSITION l.
: 2. All plants shall   give careful reconsideration to the definition of essential and nonessential systems, shall identify each system determined to be essential, shall identify each system determined to be nonessential, shall describe the basis for selection of each essential system, shall modify their containment isolation designs accordingly, and shall report the results of the re-evaluation to the NRC.
All containment isolation system designs shall comply with the recommenda-tions of SRP 6.2.4; i.e., that there be diversity in the parameters sensed for the initiation of containment isolation.
: 3. All nonessential   systems shall be automatically isolated by the contain-ment   isolation signal.
2.
: 4. The design of   control systems for automatic containment isolation valves shall be such that resetting the isolation signal will not result in the automatic reopening of containment isolation valves. Reopening of contain-ment isolation valves shall require deliberate operator action.
All plants shall give careful reconsideration to the definition of essential and nonessential
CLARIFICATION
: systems, shall identify each system determined to be essential, shall identify each system determined to be nonessential, shall describe the basis for selection of each essential system, shall modify their containment isolation designs accordingly, and shall report the results of the re-evaluation to the NRC.
: 1. Provide diverse containment isolation signals that     satisfy safety-grade requirements.
3.
: 2. Identify essential and non-essential systems and provide results to   NRC.
All nonessential systems shall be automatically isolated by the contain-ment isolation signal.
: 3. Non-essential systems should be automatically isolated by containment isolation signals.
4.
: 4. Resetting of containment isolation signals shall not result in the auto-matic loss of containment isolation.
The design of control systems for automatic containment isolation valves shall be such that resetting the isolation signal will not result in the automatic reopening of containment isolation valves.
RG&E Res     onse Our response     of November 19, 1979 discussed the action we have taken to conform with the staff position. Equipment, delivery times discussed in that response are unchanged.
Reopening of contain-ment isolation valves shall require deliberate operator action.
CLARIFICATION 1.
Provide diverse containment isolation signals that satisfy safety-grade requirements.
2.
Identify essential and non-essential systems and provide results to NRC.
3.
Non-essential systems should be automatically isolated by containment isolation signals.
4.
Resetting of containment isolation signals shall not result in the auto-matic loss of containment isolation.
RG&E Res onse Our response of November 19, 1979 discussed the action we have taken to conform with the staff position.
Equipment, delivery times discussed in that response are unchanged.


Section 2.1.5.a       DEDICATED H2 CONTROL PENETRATIONS POSITION Plants using external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere should provide containment isolation systems for external recombiner or purge systems that are dedicated to that service only, that meet the redundancy and single failure requirements of General Design Criteria 54 and 56 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, and that are sized to satisfy the flow requirements of the recombiner or purge system.
Section 2.1.5.a DEDICATED H2 CONTROL PENETRATIONS POSITION Plants using external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere should provide containment isolation systems for external recombiner or purge systems that are dedicated to that service only, that meet the redundancy and single failure requirements of General Design Criteria 54 and 56 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, and that are sized to satisfy the flow requirements of the recombiner or purge system.
CLARIFICATION
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 1. This requirement is only applicable to those plants whose licensing basis includes requirements for external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere.
This requirement is only applicable to those plants whose licensing basis includes requirements for external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere.
: 2. An acceptable alternative to the dedicated penetration is a combined design that is single-failure proof for containment isolation purposes and single-failure proof for operation of the recombiner or purge system.
2.
: 3. The dedicated penetration or the combined single-failure proof alternative should be sized such that the flow requirements for the use of the recom-boner or purge system are satzsfxed.
An acceptable alternative to the dedicated penetration is a combined design that is single-failure proof for containment isolation purposes and single-failure proof for operation of the recombiner or purge system.
: 4. Components   necessitated by this requirement should be safety grade.
3.
: 5. A description of required design changes and a schedule for accomplishing these changes should be provided by January 1, 1980. Design changes should be completed by January 1, 1981.
The dedicated penetration or the combined single-failure proof alternative should be sized such that the flow requirements for the use of the recom-boner or purge system are satzsfxed.
RG&E Res     onse Ginna has two hydrogen recombiners which are located               inside con-tainment.     Therefore, dedicated penetrations are not required.
4.
Components necessitated by this requirement should be safety grade.
5.
A description of required design changes and a schedule for accomplishing these changes should be provided by January 1, 1980.
Design changes should be completed by January 1, 1981.
RG&E Res onse Ginna has two hydrogen recombiners which are located inside con-tainment.
Therefore, dedicated penetrations are not required.


15 Section 2.1.5.c
15 Section 2.1.5.c CAPABILITY TO INSTALL HYDROGEN RECOMBINER AT
      ~
~
              ~ ~ ~
~
CAPABILITY TO INSTALL HYDROGEN RECOMBINER AT EACH LIGHT WATER NUCLEAR POWER PLANT POSITION procedures and bases upon which the recombiners would be used on all plants
~
          'he should be the subject of a review by the licensees in considering shielding requirements and personnel exposure limitations as demonstrated to be necessary in the case of TNI-2.
~
CLARIFICATION
EACH LIGHT WATER NUCLEAR POWER PLANT POSITION
: 1. This requirement applies only to those plants that included Hydrogen Recombiners as a design basis for licensing.
'he procedures and bases upon which the recombiners would be used on all plants should be the subject of a review by the licensees in considering shielding requirements and personnel exposure limitations as demonstrated to be necessary in the case of TNI-2.
: 2. The shielding and associated personnel exposure limitations associated with recombiner use should be evaluated as part of licensee response to requirement 2.1.6.B, "Design Review for Plant Shielding."
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 3. Each licensee should review and upgrade, as necessary, those criteria and procedures dealing with recombiner use. Action taken on this requirement should be submitted by January 1, 1980.
This requirement applies only to those plants that included Hydrogen Recombiners as a design basis for licensing.
Access to the hydrogen recombiner         control panel has been evaluated zn our shz.elding adequacy review.         Access to the control panel under post.-accident conditions for control of the recombiners is possible with acceptable personnel exposures. Details are given in 2.1.6.b.
2.
The shielding and associated personnel exposure limitations associated with recombiner use should be evaluated as part of licensee response to requirement 2.1.6.B, "Design Review for Plant Shielding."
3.
Each licensee should review and upgrade, as necessary, those criteria and procedures dealing with recombiner use.
Action taken on this requirement should be submitted by January 1, 1980.
Access to the hydrogen recombiner control panel has been evaluated zn our shz.elding adequacy review.
Access to the control panel under post.-accident conditions for control of the recombiners is possible with acceptable personnel exposures.
Details are given in 2.1.6.b.


16 Section 2.1.6.a
16 Section 2.1.6.a INTEGRITY OF SYSTEMS OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT LIKELY
      ~
~
              ~ ~ ~
~
INTEGRITY OF SYSTEMS OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT LIKELY TO CONTAIN RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS FOR PWRs AND BWRs POSITION Applicants and licensees shall immediately implement a program to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to as-low-as practical levels.
~
~
TO CONTAIN RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS FOR PWRs AND BWRs POSITION Applicants and licensees shall immediately implement a program to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to as-low-as practical levels.
This program shall include the following:
This program shall include the following:
: 1. Immediate Leak Reduction
1.
: a. Implement   all practical leak reduction measures for all systems that could carry radioactive   fluid outside of containment.
Immediate Leak Reduction a.
: b. Measure   actual leakage rates with system in operation and report them to the   NRC.
Implement all practical leak reduction measures for all systems that could carry radioactive fluid outside of containment.
: 2. Continuing Leak Reduction Establish and implement a program of preventive maintenance to reduce leakage to as-low-as practical levels. This program shall include periodic integrated- leak tests at a frequency not to exceed refueling cycle inter-vals.
b.
CLARIFICATION Licensees   shall, by January 1, 1980, provide a summary description of their pro-gram to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could con-tain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident. Examples of such systems are given on page A-26 of NUREG-0578. Other examples include the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling and Reactor Water Cleanup (Letdown function)
Measure actual leakage rates with system in operation and report them to the NRC.
Systems for BWRs. Include a list of systems which are excluded from this program.
2.
Testing of gaseous systems should include helium leak detection or equivalent testing methods. Consider in your program to reduce leakage potential release paths due to design and operator deficiencies as discussed in our letter to you regarding North Anna and Related Incidents dated October 17, 1979.
Continuing Leak Reduction Establish and implement a program of preventive maintenance to reduce leakage to as-low-as practical levels.
RG&E Res     onse All practical leak reduction           measures have been normal practice for systems     that carry radioactive fluids outside containment. We will continue to assess possible improvements to these systems as iden-tified by changes in the state of the art, improvements made at other plants and operating experience, to continually improve our systems leak rates. These measures were implemented following failed fuel experience a number of years ago. Despite good fuel performance in recent years, these leakage reduction measures have been con-tinued.
This program shall include periodic integrated-leak tests at a frequency not to exceed refueling cycle inter-vals.
CLARIFICATION Licensees shall, by January 1,
1980, provide a summary description of their pro-gram to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could con-tain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident.
Examples of such systems are given on page A-26 of NUREG-0578.
Other examples include the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling and Reactor Water Cleanup (Letdown function)
Systems for BWRs.
Include a list of systems which are excluded from this program.
Testing of gaseous systems should include helium leak detection or equivalent testing methods.
Consider in your program to reduce leakage potential release paths due to design and operator deficiencies as discussed in our letter to you regarding North Anna and Related Incidents dated October 17, 1979.
RG&E Res onse All practical leak reduction measures have been normal practice for systems that carry radioactive fluids outside containment.
We will continue to assess possible improvements to these systems as iden-tified by changes in the state of the art, improvements made at other plants and operating experience, to continually improve our systems leak rates.
These measures were implemented following failed fuel experience a number of years ago.
Despite good fuel performance in recent years, these leakage reduction measures have been con-tinued.


>> A preventive maintenance program has been on going for mechanical equipment   of these systems. A preventive maintenance program has been established for valves and piping on the systems shown on Table 2.1.6.a.1. The program will commence January 1, 1980 and will include regularly scheduled maintenance on maintainable valves and annual external inspection for leakage and/or deteriora-tion. Drawings indicated in Table 2.1.6.a.l were provided to the NRC for SEP in a letter dated September 12, 1978 to D. L. Ziemann.
A preventive maintenance program has been on going for mechanical equipment of these systems.
Systems which have not been included in the program include main steam, auxiliary feedwater, the turbine side, some of the auxiliary coolant, waste evaporator, boric acid evaporator, service water, drumming station, safety and relief valves and some of the reactor makeup water, waste disposal and component cooling water systems.
A preventive maintenance program has been established for valves and piping on the systems shown on Table 2.1.6.a.1.
The program will commence January 1,
1980 and will include regularly scheduled maintenance on maintainable valves and annual external inspection for leakage and/or deteriora-tion.
Drawings indicated in Table 2.1.6.a.l were provided to the NRC for SEP in a {{letter dated|date=September 12, 1978|text=letter dated September 12, 1978}} to D. L. Ziemann.
Systems which have not been included in the program include main
: steam, auxiliary feedwater, the turbine side, some of the auxiliary
: coolant, waste evaporator, boric acid evaporator, service water, drumming station, safety and relief valves and some of the reactor makeup water, waste disposal and component cooling water systems.
No release paths exemplified by the North Anna Unit 1 incident or similar release paths as identified in IE Circular 79-21 have been found.
No release paths exemplified by the North Anna Unit 1 incident or similar release paths as identified in IE Circular 79-21 have been found.
Tests have been performed on the Residual Heat Removal System, Safety Injection System, and Containment Spray System with the system in operation to the extent practical to determine applicable leakage paths. No visible liquid leakage was detected.         However, boron buildup was observed on some components indicating that a small amount of leakage was occurring. The affected components were cleaned and a followup inspection performed. Maintenance work requests have been submitted on components which have shown new boron accumulation, to reduce leakage to as low as practical.
Tests have been performed on the Residual Heat Removal
These components will also be given particular attention in our preventive maintenance program. The inspection was performed during December 1979.
: System, Safety Injection System, and Containment Spray System with the system in operation to the extent practical to determine applicable leakage paths.
A visual inspection of the radioactive Liquid Waste System, Chemical Volume Control System, and Primary Sampling System was made to determine   if there was any system leakage. No visible liquid leakage was detected but boron buildup was observed.
No visible liquid leakage was detected.
: However, boron buildup was observed on some components indicating that a
small amount of leakage was occurring.
The affected components were cleaned and a followup inspection performed.
Maintenance work requests have been submitted on components which have shown new boron accumulation, to reduce leakage to as low as practical.
These components will also be given particular attention in our preventive maintenance program.
The inspection was performed during December 1979.
A visual inspection of the radioactive Liquid Waste
: System, Chemical Volume Control System, and Primary Sampling System was made to determine if there was any system leakage.
No visible liquid leakage was detected but boron buildup was observed.
Similar action, as noted above, is being taken.
Similar action, as noted above, is being taken.
The radioactive Waste Gas System   has been inspected   to determine if there was any system leakage.
The radioactive Waste Gas System has been inspected to determine if there was any system leakage.
Nuclear Consulting Services Inc.
The inspection was performed by Nuclear Consulting Services Inc. using a hydrogen detector method to determine a leak rate for the system.
The  inspection was  performed by using a hydrogen detector method to determine a leak rate for the system. An ultrasonic leak detector was used to scan the system for audible leaks, to indicate any areas which would require maintenance, prior to proceeding with the hydrogen leak test. .No areas were identified. A portable Gas Detection system (Sniffer) was then used to determine the actual leakage rates. The total leakage for the Waste Gas System was 6.91 x 10     cc/sec. We consider this leakage rate to be very small and   it is as-low-as-practical. The inspection was performed during December 1979.
An ultrasonic leak detector was used to scan the system for audible leaks, to indicate any areas which would require maintenance, prior to proceeding with the hydrogen leak test.
Inspections were made in response to IE Bulletin 79-17 regarding stress corrosion cracking at welds or base material in stagnant borated water systems. No indications were observed. Further inspections will be performed during our next annual refueling
.No areas were identified.
A portable Gas Detection system (Sniffer) was then used to determine the actual leakage rates.
The total leakage for the Waste Gas System was 6.91 x 10 cc/sec.
We consider this leakage rate to be very small and it is as-low-as-practical.
The inspection was performed during December 1979.
Inspections were made in response to IE Bulletin 79-17 regarding stress corrosion cracking at welds or base material in stagnant borated water systems.
No indications were observed.
Further inspections will be performed during our next annual refueling


0 18 outage as per our response to that bulletin. (See letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Mr. Boyce H. Grier, Office of Inspection and Enforcement dated August 24, 1979, October 24, 1979 and November 26, 1979).
0
As part of the In-Service Inspection Program requirement, contain-ment  isolation valve leak rate tests were performed during our 1979 refueling shutdown. The results of the leakage rate tests, for the primary (see Table 2.1.6.a.2) and applicable secondary (see Table 2.1.6.a.3) isolation valves are attached. The primary isolation valves are -those valves located inside containment with secondary  isolation valves outside containment.
As  required by Technical Specifications and Appendix J to 10 CFR 50, leak  rate tests were performed during 1979 on the containment penetrations. The results of the leakage rate tests are shown on Table  2.1.6.a.4.


19 Table 2.1.6.a; VALVE AND PIPING LEAKAGE PREVENTION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL   RHR PRINT 33013-436 Valves from A Loop Hot Leg through, the A and B RHR pumps,   A and B RHR Heat Exchangers and back to B Loop Cold Leg.
18 outage as per our response to that bulletin.
CONTAINMENT SPRAY   CS PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) through CS Pumps, to Containment Charcoal Filter Dousing System valves, and the Reactor Containment Ring Spray Header.
(See letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Mr. Boyce H. Grier, Office of Inspection and Enforcement dated August 24,
SAFETY INJECTION   SI PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from RWST through the A,B,C Safety Injection Pumps, into the Containment to Loop A Hot Leg, Loop A Cold Leg, and     fill to Accumulator B. Also to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg and line fill line to Accumulator A.
: 1979, October 24, 1979 and November 26, 1979).
CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM   CVCS PRINT 33013-433 Valves from Loop B Letdown line through Regenerative Heat Exchanger, non-regenerative Heat Exchanger, Demineralizers, Reactor Coolant Filter, Volume Control Tank, Charging Pumps, Seal Injection Filters, Reactor Coolant Pump Seals, Seal Water Heat Exchanger, and return to Volume Control Tank. Also the line to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg, and Auxiliary Spray to Pressurizer by way of Regenerative Heat Exchanger.
As part of the In-Service Inspection Program requirement, contain-ment isolation valve leak rate tests were performed during our 1979 refueling shutdown.
The results of the leakage rate tests, for the primary (see Table 2.1.6.a.2) and applicable secondary (see Table 2.1.6.a.3) isolation valves are attached.
The primary isolation valves are -those valves located inside containment with secondary isolation valves outside containment.
As required by Technical Specifications and Appendix J to 10 CFR 50, leak rate tests were performed during 1979 on the containment penetrations.
The results of the leakage rate tests are shown on Table 2.1.6.a.4.
 
19 Table 2.1.6.a; VALVE AND PIPING LEAKAGE PREVENTION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL RHR PRINT 33013-436 Valves from A Loop Hot Leg through, the A and B RHR pumps, A and B RHR Heat Exchangers and back to B Loop Cold Leg.
CONTAINMENT SPRAY CS PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) through CS Pumps, to Containment Charcoal Filter Dousing System valves, and the Reactor Containment Ring Spray Header.
SAFETY INJECTION SI PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from RWST through the A,B,C Safety Injection Pumps, into the Containment to Loop A Hot Leg, Loop A Cold Leg, and fillline to Accumulator B.
Also to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg and fillline to Accumulator A.
CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM CVCS PRINT 33013-433 Valves from Loop B Letdown line through Regenerative Heat Exchanger, non-regenerative Heat Exchanger, Demineralizers, Reactor Coolant Filter, Volume Control Tank, Charging Pumps, Seal Injection Filters, Reactor Coolant Pump Seals, Seal Water Heat Exchanger, and return to Volume Control Tank.
Also the line to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg, and Auxiliary Spray to Pressurizer by way of Regenerative Heat Exchanger.
CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves on Boric Acid Batching Tank, Boric Acid Tanks A and B, Boric Acid Transfer Pumps A and B, and Blending System to Charging Pumps.
CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves on Boric Acid Batching Tank, Boric Acid Tanks A and B, Boric Acid Transfer Pumps A and B, and Blending System to Charging Pumps.
CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves and piping both to and from the Hold   Up Tanks and including Gas Stripper Feed Pumps.
CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves and piping both to and from the Hold Up Tanks and including Gas Stripper Feed Pumps.


20 WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM   - WATER PRINT 33013-431 Valves for Waste Water from Laundry and Hot Shower Tanks, Chemical Drain Tank, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, to Hold Up Tanks and Waste Hold Up Tank. All drains to Waste Hold Up Tank and Recirculation Pump. Also the Containment and Auxiliary Building Sump.
20 WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM - WATER PRINT 33013-431 Valves for Waste Water from Laundry and Hot Shower Tanks, Chemical Drain Tank, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, to Hold Up Tanks and Waste Hold Up Tank.
WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM GAS PRINT 33013-430 Valves carrying gases from Holdup Tanks, Spent Resin Storage Tanks, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, Volume Control Tank, Gas Stripper to and from Gas Compressors, Gas Decay Tanks, reuse and release lines to plant vent.
All drains to Waste Hold Up Tank and Recirculation Pump.
PRIMARY SAMPLE SYSTEM Valves from Pressurizer Steam Space, Pressurizer Liquid Space, Loop B Hot Leg, Loop A Hot Leg, Failed Fuel Syst: em, RHR Loop, Mixed Bed Demineralizer Outlet and   Inlet, and Volume Control Tank Gas Space to Nuclear Sample Room.
Also the Containment and Auxiliary Building Sump.
WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM GAS PRINT 33013-430 Valves carrying gases from Holdup Tanks, Spent Resin Storage
: Tanks, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, Volume Control Tank, Gas Stripper to and from Gas Compressors, Gas Decay Tanks, reuse and release lines to plant vent.
PRIMARY SAMPLE SYSTEM Valves from Pressurizer Steam
: Space, Pressurizer Liquid Space, Loop B Hot Leg, Loop A Hot Leg, Failed Fuel Syst: em, RHR Loop, Mixed Bed Demineralizer Outlet and Inlet, and Volume Control Tank Gas Space to Nuclear Sample Room.


YEAU     '979                                     I'ltI llht(Y 1SOLATi(UI VAI.VE                 Table 2.1.6.a.2         SURET 3 of 7 TEST hltIOSPIILI(l I':I'-23 SE(tin.i         II(WIIUICI.A'OII(I                             P1V'l            I.L'hl.'ACE      ItES(ff,'Itl        UATE AOV I'IU!SSUlt I/El( I(EI.1EP YAUK GA!I         At(hi:   539               2,03 cc%ein                               2/16/79 CUEPK  VIV.
YEAU '979 I'ltIllht(Y 1SOLATi(UI VAI.VE Table 2.1.6.a.2 SURET 3 of 7 I':I'-23 SE(tin.i II(WIIUICI.A'OII(I I'IU!SSUltI/El( I(EI.1EP YAUK GA!I At(hi:
112 SUI'PI.Y 10 Pl(ESS.     Itl;I.ll;I   PhtlK     520 I.'I UE t                   1.09 cc/mtn                               2/20f(79 IIAKI'P U20         YO PI(ISS. 1(EI.11(E Tht(K:       CUIUCK VI.V.
P1V'l AOV 539 TEST hltIOSPIILI(l I.L'hl.'ACE 2,03 cc%ein ItES(ff,'Itl UATE 2/16/79 112 SUI'PI.Y 10 Pl(ESS.
529               1 '9     cc/Nln                           2/20/79 AOV LETUOUU Pl(OII 1(EAC(01( COOLhttT SYSrF11:             371               1,Q9cc/min                             4/22/79 CUECK VI.V.
Itl;I.ll;I PhtlK I.'IUE t CUEPK VIV.
I(CSi  CUAIMilWG    LltlE:                            370             1.09 cc/min                               4/24/79 CUECK VI.V.                                                      i' "A" IICI'EAI IIATI lt                                                                    Rate determined
520 1.09 cc/mtn 2/20f(79 IIAKI'P U20 YO PI(ISS.
                                    ~         L1UL (                     304 h           145 0     cc/min acceptable.               2/24/79 CIIRCK VI,V.
1(EI.11(E Tht(K:
90         "0"   RCP SFAI. IIATEI( filtUI                     304 8           26.57 cc%ain                             2/22/79 CIIECK VLV.
CUIUCK VI.V.
10         hf TEI(HA'llI'..CUAUOlttOi f.f Ut'.t                   303 U           1'9     CC/Min                           3/15/79 I
529 1'9 cc/Nln 2/20/79 LETUOUU Pl(OII 1(EAC(01( COOLhttT SYSrF11:
AOV 371 1,Q9cc/min 4/22/79 I(CSi CUAIMilWG LltlE:
CUECK VI.V.
370 1.09 cc/min 4/24/79 "A" IICI'EAI
~ IIATIlt L1UL (
CUECK VI.V.
304 h 145 0 cc/min Rate determined acceptable.
i' 2/24/79 90 "0" RCP SFAI. IIATEI( filtUI CIIRCK VI,V.
304 8 26.57 cc%ain 2/22/79 10 hf TEI(HA'llI'..CUAUOlttOif.fUt'.t CIIECK VLV.
303 U
1'9 CC/Min 3/15/79 I


YEA)\     '1919                                           PRltfhl(Y lSOIATIO(I VhtsVE                   Table 2.1.6.a.2                     SIIEET 2pf     T
YEA)\\
                                                                                            '1'EST A'I't(OS I Iti)(E PT-23 Sl Itll.               l(ottl l(C(.hll)RE                               I'IV  8                              RFS UI,TS                      DA'i E lt H JwCll44lXQjD LlSICl 3CKICWl%laXXRMSC~~h1$1C4CI~                           klICCQRlCR IJ!hKA(:E                ~A  OAQ 031 ICQIUA1lwua I IOV RCP SEA(. I(hTER ItLi'Ilt(B( & I.XCFSS         LET   313                     0 cc/i>>Ln                                   2/22/19 12A             STEAII   Sl'ACI'AIR'LE)                               AOV                 2.01 cc/min                                     2/16/79 96GA AOV 12I)           Pl!ESSUI!lZI'.It talftt)ID SPACI'! SAHPI.I!)         9660               2.0L cc/mLu                                     2/16/79 AOV 12C             RCS Sht(PI,E     u)OP   "nn:                         966C               2.01 cc/mtn                                     2/16/79 13A             "A"   STEAII CEIIE)IATQI! SAIIPI E)
'1919 PRltfhl(Y lSOIATIO(I VhtsVE Table 2.1.6.a.2 SIIEET 2pf T
AOV 5735   '.01cc/min                                                   2/I'6/79 I
PT-23 Sl Itll.
AOV nttn S fEAII CEIIERATOR SAHPI.F(                     573G                      occ/>> ln                                  2/16/79 i CIIECK VLV, lhi            Cotffhlttttt!(fC hIlt Sht(P[,E:                       1599               I ~ OS cc/mbi                                   2/13/79 AOV 15             CO)rrh(Jtt)Etrr AIR Sht)PI.I Out':                     1597               1. 08 c c/mbi                                   2/13/79 AQY 16A             h   STRA(I CLil(L'ILATOR I)l OUI)OW(t t            5737                     0cc/mba                                     2/26/79 AOV I Gl)         "Il""STI'.Atl CEIII:.Ith'I'Olt I)I.(L(t)OI(tt:       5730                     Occ/min                                     2/26/79 17A           CO(ffhltt(U(tfl'l(I!SSU)tlb             I'-94i5     RV-1                        rim>>L                                    2/17/79 PT-946       RV-2                1. 09 c c/i>> ln                                  2/17/79 17)i          Cptfl'Alt(Ill t(T I'RFSSUIIE             I"f-9(i7     I\V-1              1.1 cc/min                                      2/14/79 SR)IS IIXI TEA))St)I'I fEIIS),     ,                           1.1 cc min                                     ~nTT9
ltHJwCll44lXQjDLlSICl l(ottl l(C(.hll)RE 3CKICWl%laXXRMSC~~h1$1C4CI~
RCP SEA(. I(hTER ItLi'Ilt(B(& I.XCFSS LET I'IV 8 klICCQRlCR IIOV 313
'1'EST A'I't(OSI Iti)(E IJ!hKA(:E 0 cc/i>>Ln RFS UI,TS
~AOAQ031 ICQIUA1lwua DA'iE 2/22/19 12A STEAII Sl'ACI'AIR'LE)
AOV 96GA 2.01 cc/min 2/16/79 12I)
Pl!ESSUI!lZI'.It talftt)ID SPACI'! SAHPI.I!)
AOV 9660 2.0L cc/mLu 2/16/79 12C RCS Sht(PI,E u)OP "nn:
AOV 966C 2.01 cc/mtn 2/16/79 13A "A" STEAII CEIIE)IATQI! SAIIPI E)
AOV 5735 '.01cc/min 2/I'6/79 I
lhi nttn S fEAII CEIIERATOR SAHPI.F(
Cotffhlttttt!(fC hIlt Sht(P[,E:
AOV 573G CIIECK VLV, 1599 occ/>> ln I ~ OS cc/mbi 2/16/79 i 2/13/79 15 CO)rrh(Jtt)Etrr AIR Sht)PI.I Out':
AOV 1597
: 1. 08 cc/mbi 2/13/79 16A h
STRA(I CLil(L'ILATORI)l OUI)OW(tt AQY 5737 0cc/mba 2/26/79 I Gl)
"Il""STI'.Atl CEIII:.Ith'I'Olt I)I.(L(t)OI(tt:
AOV 5730 Occ/min 2/26/79 17A 17)i CO(ffhltt(U(tfl'l(I!SSU)tlb I'-94i5 PT-946 Cptfl'Alt(Illt(T I'RFSSUIIE I"f-9(i7 SR)IS IIXI TEA))St)I'IfEIIS),,
RV-1 RV-2 I\\V-1 rim>>L
: 1. 09 cc/i>>ln 1.1 cc/min 1.1 cc min 2/17/79 2/17/79 2/14/79
~nTT9


YF.AR                             PRltlARY   ISOI.ATIOII VALVF. TEST ',
YF.AR PRltlARY ISOI.ATIOII VALVF. TEST
                                                                          '=
'=
Tab).e 2.l.6.a.2. SIIF.L-C 3 OF 7 TEST h'ItIOSPHERE 1'T-23 SERIL     IHY'IFNCI,A'IIIRE                     PIV II                                     RIISUleTS IXCPB~gr~                                                zlmcnn         , I'htthg I'0 COICCAIHHEtfC                            RV-I                        ccmln                             2/12/79 PRESSUIFE 170          SHHSIIRI TRANS.!                            RV-2                1.09cc min                               2/12/79 RV"3                1  09 cc/mba                            2/12/79 CHECK VI.V, 8G2h                2   plcc/min                              2/21/79 18A   "h" COHTAItlHEttT SPRAY"HEADER!
Tab).e 2.l.6.a.2.
SIIF.L-C 3 OF 7 1'T-23 SERIL IXCPB~gr~
170 IHY'IFNCI,A'IIIRE COICCAIHHEtfC PRESSUIFE SHHSIIRI TRANS.!
PIV II zlmcnn RV-I RV-2 RV"3 CHECK VI.V, 8G2h TEST h'ItIOSPHERE
,I'htthg I'0 ccmln 1.09cc min 1 09 cc/mba 2 plcc/min RIISUleTS 2/12/79 2/12/79 2/12/79 2/21/79 18A "h" COHTAItlHEttT SPRAY"HEADER!
tlAHUAL VLV.
tlAHUAL VLV.
86hh                 2,01cc/min                               2/21/79 VLV.
86hh 2,01cc/min 2/21/79 188 SPRAY NEAIIER'HECK VLV.
188   SPRAY NEAIIER'HECK                     8G2h               2.01cc/mtn                                 2/21/79 HAHUAL VLV.
8G2h HAHUAL VLV.
8GAU                2 ~ Olcc/min                              2/21/79 CHECK VLV, 889h               2   02cc/mba                             2/21/79 8898                 2.02cc/min                                 2/21/79 CHECK    VIV.
8GAU 2.01cc/mtn 2 ~ Olcc/min 2/21/79 2/21/79 CHECK VLV, 889h 2 02cc/mba 2/21/79 8898 2.02cc/min 2/21/79 SAFETY
SAFETY                                   870A                      Occ/min                              2/21/79
- INJECTIOII S YSTEII!
                - INJECTIOII S YSTEII!                               &
CHECK VIV.
t!AIIUAL VLV.
870A t!AIIUALVLV.
879                       Occ/min                             2/21/79 CHECK VLV.
879 Occ/min Occ/min 2/21/79 2/21/79 CHECK VLV.
0708                       Occ/min                             2/21/79 ll&
0708 Occ/min 2/21/79 ll&
HhtjUAI. VI.V.
HhtjUAI. VI.V.
87 I} I                   Lc/min                               2/21/79
87 I}I'I Lc/min 2/21/79
                                                          'I


YEAR   '19                             PRIHAIIY .'SOLATIOH VAIVll ~cST       Table 2.1.6.a.2 SHEET 4 ~~   7 I'-'23 c~
YEAR '19 I'-'23 SEPILc~
SEPIL
HIXIEIICLA11IRE
              ~ICED              ~
~ICED t
HIX IEIICLA11IRE t    A PIV II 45QfgCX~MH AOV R,C,D. T,                                 178 7         2. 03 cc/min                 2/20/79 GAS IIPADER; CIIECK VLV, 1713          2.03 cc/iabi                  2/20/79 AOV 21     It.C.D.T,   CAS AIIALYZER:               1789         2.03 cc/ialn                 2/16/79 AOV 22       R.C.D.T. DISCIIARCE                       1721         1.09 cc/tabt                 2/23/79 AOV 23     SIBIP "A"   DISCIIARGE                   1728         1.09 cc/rain                 2/24/79 I
A~
REACTOlt                                 HOV SUPPORT                             813              0 CC/ailn                2/19/79 COOLERS 24            (Ittl.t",C & OUTI.ET)
PRIHAIIY.'SOLATIOH VAIVll ~cST PIV II Table 2.1.6.a.2 SHEET 4 ~~
MOV 814           1. 09 cc/win                 2/19/79 26     AUX. COOl.htlT SYSTEM"                     CIIECK VI.V, "A"    RCP                          750A         1.09 cc/win                   2/16/79 CIIECK VLV.
7 45QfgCX~MH R,C,D. T, GAS IIPADER; AOV 178 7
27       AUX. COOLAIIT   SYSmt-                   7508         1. 09 cc/min                 2/17/79 "8"    RCP HOV AUX. COOIJVIT SYSTI>I FIIOII-             759A          1. 09 cc/mba                  2/16/79 "h"   RCP 29      .AUX, CO04Ufl SYSTEM FttOII"               HOV "8"   RCP                           7598         1.09 cc/ial n                 2/18/79
: 2. 03 cc/min 2/20/79 21 It.C.D.T, CAS AIIALYZER:
CIIECK VLV, 1713 AOV 1789 2.03 cc/iabi 2.03 cc/ialn 2/20/79 2/16/79 22 R.C.D.T.
DISCIIARCE AOV 1721 1.09 cc/tabt 2/23/79 23 SIBIP "A" DISCIIARGE AOV 1728 1.09 cc/rain 2/24/79 I
24 REACTOlt SUPPORT COOLERS (Ittl.t",C & OUTI.ET)
HOV 813 MOV 814 0 CC/ailn
: 1. 09 cc/win 2/19/79 2/19/79 26 AUX. COOl.htlT SYSTEM" "A" RCP CIIECK VI.V, 750A 1.09 cc/win 2/16/79 27 AUX. COOLAIIT SYSmt-
"8" RCP CIIECK VLV.
7508
: 1. 09 cc/min 2/17/79 29 AUX. COOIJVIT SYSTI>I FIIOII-
"h" RCP
.AUX, CO04Ufl SYSTEM FttOII" "8" RCP HOV 759A HOV 7598
: 1. 09 cc/mba 1.09 cc/ial n 2/16/79 2/18/79


I ~ illa     L8                              inamunt iMtLAtlun VAI,YE u'"<T                 Table 2.1.6.a.2                 SltrET 5 iili 7
I ~ illa L 8 inamunt iMtLAtlun VAI,YE u'"<T Table 2.1.6.a.2 SltrET 5 iili 7 PT-23 SCIIII.
                                                                            'IEST lilll081'IUIIIE PT-23 SCIIII.                                               PIV                                          RF'IUI:Pi NIXIFNCI.AHIIIE                             I)            I.lthKACE
30 NIXIFNCI.AHIIIE AUX. COOI.ANT SYSTEII IOICESS I.E'IVINII (Stt)'PI.Y & IIETU)lt))t PIV I) all CK VLV, 74i3 AOV 77i5
                                                                                                            ~O          lX~J~IQM all CK  VLV, AUX. COOI.ANT SYSTEII                         74i3                  1.09cc/min                                      2/17/79 30            IOICESS   I.E'IVINII (Stt)'PI.Y & IIETU)lt))t AOV 77i5                 1.09 cc/Inin                                       2/17/79 CIIECK VLV, It)STRI)tU NT AIR;                           5393                         cc/slin                                   3/21/79 I  ()8 IIANUAL VI.V.
'IEST lilll081'IUIIIE I.lthKACE 1.09cc/min 1.09 cc/Inin RF'IUI:Pi
      ~ 33     SERVICE AIR)                                 7226                 1.08 cc/min                                       3/17/79 34i     Dl PRIISS,   AT PIIIERI                     AOV 7970                   1.0 cc/min                                       2/20/79 PUI)CE SUPPI.Y;                             AOV 5870               19.26 cc/min                                         11/15/79 i AOV                                      Negative    leakage due 36      PUIIOE IOUIAUSTI                            5878              56 ~ 17 CC/mill     to temp. variation             11/15/79 during test IIANUAL VI.V.
~O lX~J~IQM 2/17/79 2/17/79 It)STRI)tU NT AIR; CIIECK VLV, 5393 I ()8 cc/slin 3/21/79
39    DQIIItERAI.IEED NATER:                        8419                 19 '   cc/min                                     3/17/79 HANUAL VLV, AiO AUX, STEAN SUPPJ.Y &                          6151                1.08 cc/min                                        3/17/79 CONDENSATE Rl; IV)lit:
~ 33 SERVICE AIR)
                                                            >IANUAI. VLV, 6175                 1.08 cc/min                                       3/17/79 DLIND 42     I.EAKACE TIIST DEPRFSS;                       }78IIGE                   0 CC/min                                     2/12/79 DI.IUD 4i3     I.IIAKACE TFST St)PI'I.Y:                   FI.ANCE                   0 C C/ill in                                2/12/79
IIANUALVI.V.
7226 1.08 cc/min 3/17/79 34i Dl PRIISS, AT PIIIERI AOV 7970 1.0 cc/min 2/20/79 36 PUI)CE SUPPI.Y; PUIIOE IOUIAUSTI AOV 5870 AOV 5878 19.26 cc/min 56 ~ 17 CC/mill Negative leakage due to temp. variation during test 11/15/79 i 11/15/79 39 DQIIItERAI.IEED NATER:
IIANUAL VI.V.
8419 19 '
cc/min 3/17/79 AiO AUX, STEAN SUPPJ.Y CONDENSATE Rl;IV)lit:
HANUAL VLV, 6151
>IANUAI. VLV, 6175 1.08 cc/min 1.08 cc/min 3/17/79 3/17/79 42 I.EAKACE TIIST DEPRFSS; DLIND
}78IIGE 0 CC/min 2/12/79 4i3 I.IIAKACE TFST St)PI'I.Y:
DI.IUD FI.ANCE 0 CC/illin 2/12/79


XEAR   '9                                 PRIHARX ISOLATIOII VALVF. 'JEST                     Table 2.1.6.a.2     SIIEEr t!~~ ~ ~ i~
XEAR '9 PRIHARX ISOLATIOII VALVF. 'JEST Table 2.1.6.a.2 SIIEEr G OF 7 PT-23 SERI.
G OF 7 TFST h'IHOSI'IUIIIE PT-23 SERI.
I!AX.IEIICI,A'lURE TFST h'IHOSI'IUIIIE i
AIA I!AX.IEIICI,A'lURE
PIV IF I.RAKAGE RF!8UI.'1$
                        !  A i        PIV   IF                   I.RAKAGE         RF!8UI.'1$
AIA t!~~~ ~
A i~
SL ~!~
SL ~!~
DI.ItlD 44     I.l'.AKAGL'EST DRPILESS. i                     FIQDGE                         0 cc/iAin                     2/12/79 TUDIIIG CAP dl                           0 cc/iAln                     2/12/79 45     LEAKAGE TEST ItlSTRUHEIIYATIOR:                                               0 cc/intn                     2/12/79 0 cc/IAIn                     2/12/79 AOV hiG   ll2 TO ACCUIIALATORI                           84i6                       1.09 CC/)Atn                       2/20/79 i
44 I.l'.AKAGL'EST DRPILESS. i
Gi8   DEADllEIGIIT TESTERI                          HAIIUAL VLV 549h                           0 cc/!Ain                     2/12/79 IIAIIUAL VLVi hi 9   COllY. FIRE SERVICE       ll20:
. DI.ItlD FIQDGE 0 cc/iAin 2/12/79 TUDIIIG CAP dl 0 cc/iAln 2/12/79 45 LEAKAGE TEST ItlSTRUHEIIYATIOR:
2.01 cc/inin                      2/24/79
0 cc/intn 2/12/79 0 cc/IAIn 2/12/79 hiG ll2 TO ACCUIIALATORI AOV 84i6 1.09 CC/)Atn 2/20/79 i
                                                                          'IAIIUAL VLV.
Gi8 DEADllEIGIITTESTERI HAIIUALVLV 549h 0 cc/!Ain 2/12/79 hi 9 COllY. FIRE SERVICE ll20:
Ill                     1.09 cc/intn                       2/12/79 CORYAItklEtff POST 5OA            ACCIDEIFP   AIR SAHII.E                                           1.09 CC/)Atn                       2/12/79 (CL601 IIIY, DIJXi,):
IIAIIUALVLVi
1.09 cc/iatn                       2/12/79 HAIIUAL VLV.
'IAIIUAL VLV.
a)tffhltt)IEIFf POSY                               1563 508          ACCII)L'tlT AIlt,SAIIPI3'.
Ill 2.01 cc/inin 1.09 cc/intn 2/24/79 2/12/79 5OA CORYAItklEtff POST ACCIDEIFP AIR SAHII.E (CL601 IIIY, DIJXi,):
ill                    1.08 cc/)Ain                      2/14/79 (COIITILOI.I.ED Itff. DLIC.);             1566
1.09 CC/)Atn 2/12/79 1.09 cc/iatn 2/12/79 508 a)tffhltt)IEIFf POSY ACCII)L'tlTAIlt,SAIIPI3'.
                                                                /I2                     1.01 CC/)Atn                       2/14/79
(COIITILOI.I.ED Itff. DLIC.);
HAIIUALVLV.
1563 ill 1566
/I2 1.08 cc/)Ain 1.01 CC/)Atn 2/14/79 2/14/79


(nhn   (/                               i nl(IARY La)0(ihLLOll VhtsVI( >   ~ C                               Table 2.l.6.a.2   J SIIEIPI' n4' TPPST  A'ILIOS1'III'Rl'I c
(nhn
PT-23 SI:Rlo Z g~~X     ~WC'((KAl        XL C~~~~~4R IEIICI h'IV RE                          V 8       .      - ~
( /
Ixhah(:y.                       RIDIARKS
i nl(IARY La)0(ihLLOll VhtsVI( >
                                                                                                                                  ~JCMDCL l~ C~&~rafQR tlhl(GAL VI.V CO(IT. POST ACCLIIEtrT                           l(1                  1,09 cc/min                                            2/17/79 1569 500              hI!l Shtll%E f2                                pg cc/min                                  2/17/79 (h(IK, DILXI,)(                           1572 SOY 3(IIOID VAI,VE "A"  IIYDROGEII                              IV3A                     9,35 CC/mlII                                           2/13/79 51A              REC(UU(ll(I R(
~ C Table 2.l.6.a.2 J
IV5A                    1.08 cc/min                                             2/13/79 "D" ltYDROGEII                               IV3D                         1.1 cc/min                                         2/14/79 510             DECO( UIIIU)ER (
SIIEIPI' n4' PT-23 SI:Rlo c Z g~~X
IV5D                         1.1 cc/mbn                                         2/14/79 I
~WC'((KIEIICI h'IV RE Al XL C~~~~~4R TPPST A'ILIOS1'III'Rl'I V 8
                "A" & "Iln l(YDROGEtl                       IV2A                          1            ~ 0 cc/min                            2/14/79 510              RECQUllt(ER OXYCL'll HhKE-IIP:                     IV2D                         1.0 cc/min                                         2/14/79
~
Ixhah(:y.
RIDIARKS
~JCMDCL l~ C~&~rafQR 500 51A CO(IT. POST ACCLIIEtrT hI!l Shtll%E (h(IK, DILXI,)(
"A" IIYDROGEII REC(UU(ll(I R(
tlhl(GAL VI.V l(1 1569 f2 1572 SOY 3(IIOID VAI,VE IV3A IV5A 1,09 cc/min pg cc/min 9,35 CC/mlII 1.08 cc/min 2/17/79 2/17/79 2/13/79 2/13/79 "D" ltYDROGEII IV3D 1.1 cc/min 2/14/79 510 DECO( UIIIU)ER (
IV5D 1.1 cc/mbn 2/14/79 I
510 "A" & "Iln l(YDROGEtl RECQUllt(ER OXYCL'll HhKE-IIP:
IV2A IV2D 1 ~ 0 cc/min 1.0 cc/min 2/14/79 2/14/79


"YEAR 1979                           SECONDMQf ISOLATION VALVE TEST   Table 2.1.6.a.3 SHEB1'   of 2 TESZ'DJOSPIERE PT-23 SERIES                                     SIVA                LEAKAGE HAKE UP NATLR %) PRESSURE Bhl IEP TANK                                   2.0 cc/min                2/20/79 COUP+ AIR SANPLB INLBl'.         MV             1.09 cc/min                 4/20/79 1598 20                                         Mi1             2.03 cc/min                 2/20/79 1786 22               R.C.D.T                   NH             0.54 cc/min                 2/23/79 1003A DISQlAUGE 0.54 cc/min                 2/23/79 1003U 23     SRJP "A" DISQJARGE:
"YEAR 1979 SECONDMQf ISOLATION VALVE TEST Table 2.1.6.a.3 SHEB1' of 2 PT-23 SERIES HAKE UP NATLR %) PRESSURE Bhl IEP TANK COUP+ AIR SANPLB INLBl'.
1723             1.09 cc/min                 2/24/79 32       INST8%1EWP   AIR 5392             1.08 cc/min                 3/21/79 DEPRESSURIZATION AT HNER           AOV   ~
SIVA MV 1598 TESZ'DJOSPIERE LEAKAGE 2.0 cc/min 1.09 cc/min 2/20/79 4/20/79 20 Mi1 1786 2.03 cc/min 2/20/79 22 R.C.D.T DISQlAUGE NH 1003A 0.54 cc/min 2/23/79 1003U 0.54 cc/min 2/23/79 23 SRJP "A" DISQJARGE:
7971             1.0   cc/min               2/20/79 35         PURGE hlJPPLY               AQI 5869             0     cc/min               ll/15/79 36         PURGE EXJ !AUST 5879             0     cc/min               11/15/79
1723 1.09 cc/min 2/24/79 32 INST8%1EWP AIR 5392 1.08 cc/min 3/21/79 DEPRESSURIZATION AT HNER AOV
~
7971 1.0 cc/min 2/20/79 35 PURGE hlJPPLY AQI 5869 0
cc/min ll/15/79 36 PURGE EXJ!AUST 5879 0
cc/min 11/15/79


YEAR 1979                     SBXNRRY ISOLATIM VALVE TEST   Table 2.1.6.a.3 SIIEET 2 of 2 TEST AKCSPIIEBE LEAK TESZ IXPBR5:           NH 7444             2.38 cc/min               2/12/79 43 IZAK TEST SUP. IIEADER-'X'443               2.38 cc/min               2/12/79 LEAK 'IEST lRPRESS.         HChl             2.38 cc/min               2/12/79 7445
YEAR 1979 SBXNRRY ISOLATIMVALVE TEST Table 2.1.6.a.3 TEST AKCSPIIEBE SIIEET 2 of 2 LEAK TESZ IXPBR5:
NH 7444 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79 43 IZAK TEST SUP. IIEADER-'X'443 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79 LEAK 'IEST lRPRESS.
HChl 7445 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79


Table 2.1.6.a.4 COtITAINMEtIT PENETRATIOtIS LEAK RATE TEST
Table 2.1.6.a.4 COtITAINMEtIT PENETRATIOtIS LEAK RATE TEST
'I77 I'                         I It ti;                                                         IPAI'ACAr.
'I77 I' I It ti; IPAI'ACAr.
: 22. 1   IXI<>117>>ent  (latch (l>oos Seals)                                    ll/9/79    0<>t  2. 12 In  0
: 22. 1
: 22. 2   personnel liatch (I>oor mals)                                         )1/16>/79  Out    7.03 In  0
: 22. 2
: 22. Personnel Ilatch (l>et~en Ik>ors)                                      5/10/79        170.95 22.4    Vk)nipaent Ilatch (Oetmen IXx)Di)                                                    -151.09 22.5    Iwrs<>nnel I latch (Calyx>I>y)                                         2/19/79          0.00 22.6    tktnii><>ent Itatch (I u>oi>y)                                         2/21/79          0.00 22.7    Vi)nil>>>est tlat.ch 0-ri>x3                                           2/21/79          0.00
: 22. 3 22.4 22.5 22.6 22.7
: 22. 0  tktch tt>nifold h                                                     11/15/79          1.20 2?.9    Hech. Hanil.old II                                                     2/20//9          2.0II
: 22. 0 2?.9
: 22. 10  tkwh. Hanifol<l C                                                     2/20/79          0.00
: 22. 10
: 22. I I Hoch. H;>nifold I>                                                     2/20/79          1.13
: 22. I I
: 22. 12  tie<<h. tL'u>ifold V                                                   2/20/79          0.00
: 22. 12
?2. U  tkwh. H.u>ifohl G                                                     1 I/I!I/79        3.1l 22.)n  t tech. H;<nifo)d II                                                   11/15/79          5.65 22.15  tkah. ILanifold I                                                     5/) 1/79      -110.90
?2. U 22.)n 22.15
: 22. 16  tk'.<<h. Ik>ni fold,7                                                   2/20/79          1.92
: 22. 16
: 22. 17  tk:ch. I4nifold K                                                   2/20/79            1.00
: 22. 17
: 22. IM  Iilectrical Ilinifold ll                                              2/19/79        212.99
: 22. IM
: 22. I9  I'.Iectrical Hani fold 12                                             2/19/79            0.00
: 22. I9
: 22. 2(t  I iectrical tlan) fold l3                                             2/22/79          32.22
: 22. 2(t
: 22. 2l  ttechanical tL<nitol<) I,                                             3/15/79            J 09 22.22  V<>el 'I7<tu>sfes Via>xge                                             3/19/79           1.00 NOTE:   Negative leakage due to temp. variations during       test.
: 22. 2l 22.22 Personnel Ilatch (l>et~en Vk)nipaent Ilatch (Oetmen I
Iwrs<>nnel Ilatch (Calyx>I>y) tktnii><>ent Itatch (I u>oi>y)
Vi)nil>>>est tlat.ch 0-ri>x3 tktch tt>nifold h Hech. Hanil.old II tkwh. Hanifol<l C Hoch. H;>nifold I>
tie<<h. tL'u>ifold V tkwh. H.u>ifohl G ttech. H;<nifo)d II tkah. ILanifold I tk'.<<h. Ik>ni fold,7 tk:ch. I4nifold K Iilectrical Ilinifoldll I'.Iectrical Hani fold 12 I iectrical tlan) fold l3 ttechanical tL<nitol<) I, V<>el 'I7<tu>sfes Via>xge Ik>ors)
Xx)Di)
IXI<>117>>ent (latch (l>oos Seals) personnel liatch (I>oor mals) ll/9/79
)1/16>/79 5/10/79 2/19/79 2/21/79 2/21/79 11/15/79 2/20//9 2/20/79 2/20/79 2/20/79 1I/I!I/79 11/15/79 5/) 1/79 2/20/79 2/20/79 2/19/79 2/19/79 2/22/79 3/15/79 3/19/79 0<>t
: 2. 12 In 0
Out 7.03 In 0
170.95
-151.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 2.0II 0.00 1.13 0.00 3.1l 5.65
-110.90 1.92 1.00 212.99 0.00 32.22 J
09 1.00 NOTE:
Negative leakage due to temp. variations during test.


Section 2.1.6.b       DESIGN REVIEW OF PLANT SHIELDING AND ENVIRON-MENTAL UALIFICATION OF E UIPMENT FOR SPACES SYSTEMS WHICH MAY BE USED IN POST-ACCIDENT OPERATIONS POSITION With the assumption of a post-accident release of radioactivity equivalent to that described in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, each licensee shall perform a radiation and shielding design review of the spaces around systems that may, as a result of an accident, contain highly radioactive materials. The design review should identify the location of vital areas and equipment, such as the control room, radwaste control stations, emergency power supplies, motor control centers, and instrument areas, in which personnel occupancy may be unduly limited or safety equipment may be unduly degraded by the radiation fields during post-accident operations of these systems.
Section 2.1.6.b DESIGN REVIEW OF PLANT SHIELDING AND ENVIRON-MENTAL UALIFICATION OF E UIPMENT FOR SPACES SYSTEMS WHICH MAY BE USED IN POST-ACCIDENT OPERATIONS POSITION With the assumption of a post-accident release of radioactivity equivalent to that described in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, each licensee shall perform a
Each licensee shall provide for adequate'ccess to vital areas and protection of safety equipment by design changes, increased permanent or temporary shield-ing, or post-accident procedural controls. The design review shall determine which types of corrective actions are needed for vital areas throughout the facility.
radiation and shielding design review of the spaces around systems that may, as a result of an accident, contain highly radioactive materials.
CLARIFICATION Any area which   will or may require occupancy to permit an operator to aid in the mitigation of or recovery from an accident is designated as a vital area. In order to assure that personnel can perform necessary post-accident operations in the vital areas, we are providing the following guidance to be used by licensees to evaluate the adequacy of radiation protection to the operators:
The design review should identify the location of vital areas and equipment, such as the control
: room, radwaste control stations, emergency power supplies, motor control centers, and instrument areas, in which personnel occupancy may be unduly limited or safety equipment may be unduly degraded by the radiation fields during post-accident operations of these systems.
Each licensee shall provide for adequate'ccess to vital areas and protection of safety equipment by design changes, increased permanent or temporary shield-ing, or post-accident procedural controls.
The design review shall determine which types of corrective actions are needed for vital areas throughout the facility.
CLARIFICATION Any area which will or may require occupancy to permit an operator to aid in the mitigation of or recovery from an accident is designated as a vital area.
In order to assure that personnel can perform necessary post-accident operations in the vital areas, we are providing the following guidance to be used by licensees to evaluate the adequacy of radiation protection to the operators:
Source Term The minimum radioactive source term should be equivalent to the source terms recommended, in Regulatory Guides 1.3, 1.4, 1.7 and Standard Review Plan 15.6.5 with appropriate decay times based on plant design.
Source Term The minimum radioactive source term should be equivalent to the source terms recommended, in Regulatory Guides 1.3, 1.4, 1.7 and Standard Review Plan 15.6.5 with appropriate decay times based on plant design.
: a. Liquid Containing Systems: 100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas inventory, 50~ of the core equilibrium halogen inventory and 1% of all others are assumed to be mixed in the reactor coolant and liquids by HPCI and LPCI.
a.
: b. Gas Containing Systems:   100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas in-ventory and 25', of the core equilibrium halogen activity are assumed to be mixed in the containment atmosphere. For gas containing lines connected to the primary system (e.g., BWR steam lines) the concentra-tion of radioactivity shall be determined assuming the activity is contained in the gas space in the primary coolant system.
Liquid Containing Systems:
: 2. Dose Rate   Criteria The dose >ate for personnel in a vital area should be such that the guide-lines of   GDC 19 should not be exceeded during the. course of the accident.
100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas inventory, 50~ of the core equilibrium halogen inventory and 1% of all others are assumed to be mixed in the reactor coolant and liquids by HPCI and LPCI.
GDC 19 limits the dose to an operator to 5 Rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body. When determining the dose to an operator, care must be taken to determine the necessary occupancy time in a specific area. For example, areas requiring continuous occupancy will require much lower dose rates than areas where minimal occupany is required. Therefore, allowable dose rates will be based upon expected occupancy, as well as the radioactive source terms and shielding. However, in order to provide a general design objective, we are providing the following dose rate criteria with alternatives to be documented on a case-by-case basis. The recommended dose rates are average rates in the area.     Local hot spots may exceed the dose rate guidelines provided occupancy is     not required at the location of the hot spot. These doses are design objectives and are not
b.
    . to be used to limit access in the event of an accident.
Gas Containing Systems:
: a. Areas Re uirin Continuous Occu anc <15mr/hr. These areas will require full time occupancy during the course of the accident. The Control Room and onsite technical support center are areas where con-tinuous occupancy will be required. The dose rate for these areas is based on the control room occupancy factors contained in SRP 6.4.
100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas in-ventory and 25', of the core equilibrium halogen activity are assumed to be mixed in the containment atmosphere.
: b. Areas Re uirin Infre   uent Access: GDC 19. These areas may require access on a regular basis, but not continuous occupancy. Shielding should be provided   to allow access at a frequency and duration estimated by the licensee. The plant Radiochemical/Chemical Analysis Laboratory, radwaste panel, motor control center, instrumentation locations, and reactor coolant and containment gas sample stations are examples where occupancy may be needed often but not continuously.
For gas containing lines connected to the primary system (e.g.,
RGSE Res     onse A radiation and design review has been completed to determine whether post-accident radiation fields unduly limit personnel access to areas necessary for mitigation of, or'ecovery from an accident; or unduly degrade the proper operation of safety equipment. This review was accomplished using the recommendations and guidelines of NUREG-0568 and subsequent clarifications as provided by the NRC. Appendix A presents details of the evaluation.
BWR steam lines) the concentra-tion of radioactivity shall be determined assuming the activity is contained in the gas space in the primary coolant system.
The review identified the most critical areas requiring personnel access following the onset of extreme accident conditions following a postulated major release of radioactivity into the Containment Building. Consideration was given to areas where predetermined post-accident functions would be performed (Nuclear Sample Room, Chemistry laboratory, Count Room, Control Room and air sample penetrations) and to areas where personnel could be called upon to execute certain accident-mitigating or short-term recovery tasks (hydrogen recombiner panel, radwaste panel and building ventilation filters). Potential radiation exposures were determined for each task and included additional exposure due to accessing the areas where Tasks would be performed.
 
2.
Dose Rate Criteria The dose >ate for personnel in a vital area should be such that the guide-lines of GDC 19 should not be exceeded during the. course of the accident.
GDC 19 limits the dose to an operator to 5 Rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body.
When determining the dose to an operator, care must be taken to determine the necessary occupancy time in a specific area.
For example, areas requiring continuous occupancy will require much lower dose rates than areas where minimal occupany is required.
Therefore, allowable dose rates will be based upon expected occupancy, as well as the radioactive source terms and shielding.
However, in order to provide a general design objective, we are providing the following dose rate criteria with alternatives to be documented on a case-by-case basis.
The recommended dose rates are average rates in the area.
Local hot spots may exceed the dose rate guidelines provided occupancy is not required at the location of the hot spot.
These doses are design objectives and are not
. to be used to limit access in the event of an accident.
a.
Areas Re uirin Continuous Occu anc
<15mr/hr.
These areas will require full time occupancy during the course of the accident.
The Control Room and onsite technical support center are areas where con-tinuous occupancy will be required.
The dose rate for these areas is based on the control room occupancy factors contained in SRP 6.4.
b.
Areas Re uirin Infre uent Access:
GDC 19.
These areas may require access on a regular basis, but not continuous occupancy.
Shielding should be provided to allow access at a frequency and duration estimated by the licensee.
The plant Radiochemical/Chemical Analysis Laboratory, radwaste
: panel, motor control center, instrumentation locations, and reactor coolant and containment gas sample stations are examples where occupancy may be needed often but not continuously.
RGSE Res onse A radiation and design review has been completed to determine whether post-accident radiation fields unduly limit personnel access to areas necessary for mitigation of, or'ecovery from an accident; or unduly degrade the proper operation of safety equipment.
This review was accomplished using the recommendations and guidelines of NUREG-0568 and subsequent clarifications as provided by the NRC.
Appendix A presents details of the evaluation.
The review identified the most critical areas requiring personnel access following the onset of extreme accident conditions following a postulated major release of radioactivity into the Containment Building.
Consideration was given to areas where predetermined post-accident functions would be performed (Nuclear Sample
: Room, Chemistry laboratory, Count Room, Control Room and air sample penetrations) and to areas where personnel could be called upon to execute certain accident-mitigating or short-term recovery tasks (hydrogen recombiner
: panel, radwaste panel and building ventilation filters).
Potential radiation exposures were determined for each task and included additional exposure due to accessing the areas where Tasks would be performed.


33 We have concluded that the actions which may be taken under the conservative post-accident conditions assumed in this analysis, can be accomplished without causing undue radiation exposures to personnel.
33 We have concluded that the actions which may be taken under the conservative post-accident conditions assumed in this analysis, can be accomplished without causing undue radiation exposures to personnel.
We have also identified certain areas which may require modifica-tions to existing procedures, shielding, and/or relocation of equipment. These are discussed in detail in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and additionally in the RGSE response to Item 2.1.8.a.
We have also identified certain areas which may require modifica-tions to existing procedures, shielding, and/or relocation of equipment.
We are currently investigating both portable and permanent radia-tion shielding designs to reduce potential worker exposure result-ing from post-accident sampling operations. Portable shadow shield-ing for post.-accident sample collection, handling and analysis will be procured by January 1, 1981. Additional shielded sample con-tainers for transport and disposal of samples will be made avail-able at the earliest possible date prior to January 1, 1981.
These are discussed in detail in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and additionally in the RGSE response to Item 2.1.8.a.
Major modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocations in relation to the primary sampling and waste gas systems are proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A. These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considera-tions. Relocation of radwaste panel indications and control functions is also proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and is under current consideration.
We are currently investigating both portable and permanent radia-tion shielding designs to reduce potential worker exposure result-ing from post-accident sampling operations.
Those major modifications which will be completed as of January 1, 1981 include the following:
Portable shadow shield-ing for post.-accident sample collection, handling and analysis will be procured by January 1,
Location                   Com onent             Modification
1981.
: 1. Nuclear Sample   Room   Sample Coolers         Provide additional (I.B. elev. 271')                             shielding around coolers.
Additional shielded sample con-tainers for transport and disposal of samples will be made avail-able at the earliest possible date prior to January 1,
: 2. Access route             Primary sample        Provide additional by Nuclear Sample       lines                  shielding around (I.B. elev. 271')                             sample lines; or possible line re-routing Access route into     RHR  system            Re-route sample Auxiliary Building     sample line            line (I.B. elev. 271-278';
1981.
Major modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocations in relation to the primary sampling and waste gas systems are proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A.
These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considera-tions.
Relocation of radwaste panel indications and control functions is also proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and is under current consideration.
Those major modifications which will be completed as of January 1,
1981 include the following:
Location Com onent Modification 1.
Nuclear Sample Room Sample Coolers (I.B. elev. 271')
Provide additional shielding around coolers.
2.
Access route by Nuclear Sample (I.B. elev. 271')
Access route into Auxiliary Building (I.B. elev. 271-278';
Aux. B. elev. 278')
Aux. B. elev. 278')
The qualification of safety-related equipment has also been re-viewed under the assumed accident condition guidance provided in NUREG-0578. The results of that review are presented in Section 5.2 of Appendix A.
Primary sample lines RHR system sample line Provide additional shielding around sample lines; or possible line re-routing Re-route sample line The qualification of safety-related equipment has also been re-viewed under the assumed accident condition guidance provided in NUREG-0578.
The results of that review are presented in Section 5.2 of Appendix A.


Section 2.1.7.a -
Section 2.1.7.a - AUTOMATIC INITIATIONOF THE AUXIZ,IARY FEEDWATER
      ~
~
            ~   ~   ~     AUTOMATIC    INITIATION OF    THE AUXIZ,IARY FEEDWATER POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criterion 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 with respect to the timely initiation of the auxiliary feedwater system, the following requirements shall be implemented in the short term:
~
: 1. The design       shall provide for the automatic initiation of the auxiliary feedwater system.
~
: 2. The   automatic     initiation signals and circuits shall be designed so that a single   failure   will not result in the loss of auxiliary feedwater system function.
~
: 3. Testability of the initiating signals         and circuits shall be a feature of the design.
POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criterion 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 with respect to the timely initiation of the auxiliary feedwater
: 4. The initiating signals     and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.
: system, the following requirements shall be implemented in the short term:
: 5. Manual   capability to initiate the auxiliary feedwater system from the control   room shall be retained and shall be implemented so that a single failure in the manual circuits will not result in the loss of system functions.
1.
: 6. The a-c motor-driven pumps and valves in the auxiliary feedwater system shall be included in the automatic actuation (simultaneous and/or sequential) of the loads to the emergency buses.
The design shall provide for the automatic initiation of the auxiliary feedwater system.
: 7. The automatic     initiating signals and circuits shall be designed so that their failure will not result in the       loss of manual capability to initiate the AFWS   from the control room.
2.
In the   Long Term, the automatic initiation signals and       circuits shall be upgraded in accordance with safety grade requirement.
The automatic initiation signals and circuits shall be designed so that a
CLARIFICATION Control Grade (Short-Term)
single failure will not result in the loss of auxiliary feedwater system function.
: 1. Provide automatic/manual       initiation of AFWS.
3.
: 2. Testability of the     initiating signals and circuits is required.
Testability of the initiating signals and circuits shall be a feature of the design.
: 3. Initiating signals     and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.
4.
: 4. Necessary pumps and valves shall be included in the automatic sequence of the loads to the emergency buses. Verify that the addition of these loads does not compromise the emergency diesel generating capacity.
The initiating signals and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.
5.
Manual capability to initiate the auxiliary feedwater system from the control room shall be retained and shall be implemented so that a single failure in the manual circuits will not result in the loss of system functions.
6.
The a-c motor-driven pumps and valves in the auxiliary feedwater system shall be included in the automatic actuation (simultaneous and/or sequential) of the loads to the emergency buses.
7.
The automatic initiating signals and circuits shall be designed so that their failure will not result in the loss of manual capability to initiate the AFWS from the control room.
In the Long Term, the automatic initiation signals and circuits shall be upgraded in accordance with safety grade requirement.
CLARIFICATION Control Grade (Short-Term) 1.
Provide automatic/manual initiation of AFWS.
2.
Testability of the initiating signals and circuits is required.
3.
Initiating signals and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.
4.
Necessary pumps and valves shall be included in the automatic sequence of the loads to the emergency buses.
Verify that the addition of these loads does not compromise the emergency diesel generating capacity.


5.
5.
Failure in the automatic circuits shall not result in the loss of manual
Failure in the automatic circuits shall not result in the loss of manual
      ~
~
~
capability to initiate the AFHS from the control room.
capability to initiate the AFHS from the control room.
: 6. Other Considerations
6.
: a. For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electric power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to emergency power sources.
Other Considerations a.
RGSE Res onses with the reguirements of this position was documented       I'onformance by letter dated December 14, 1979 from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.
For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electric power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to emergency power sources.
Ziemann, USNRC.
RGSE Res onses I'onformance with the reguirements of this position was documented by {{letter dated|date=December 14, 1979|text=letter dated December 14, 1979}} from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.
: Ziemann, USNRC.


36 Section 2.1.7.b - AUXILIARYFEEDWATER
36 Section 2.1.7.b - AUXILIARYFEEDWATER FLOW INDICATION TO STEAM
                ~  ~                              FLOW INDICATION TO STEAM GENERATORS POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements set forth in GDC 13 to provide the capability in the control room to ascertain the actual performance of the AFWS when it is called to perform its intended function, the following requirements shall be implemented:
~
: 1. Safety-grade indication of auxiliary feedwater flow to each steam generator shall be provided in the control room.
~
: 2. The auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall be powered from the emergency buses     consistent with satisfying the emergency power diversity requirements of the auxiliary feedwater system set forth in Auxiliary Systems Branch Technical Position 10-1 of the Standard Review Plan, Section 10.4.9.
GENERATORS POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements set forth in GDC 13 to provide the capability in the control room to ascertain the actual performance of the AFWS when it is called to perform its intended function, the following requirements shall be implemented:
CLARIFICATION A. Control Grade     Short-Term
1.
: 1. Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to   each steam generator shall satisfy the single failure criterion.
Safety-grade indication of auxiliary feedwater flow to each steam generator shall be provided in the control room.
: 2. Testability of the auxiliary feedwater flow indication   channels shall be a feature of the design.-
2.
: 3. Auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall   be powered from the vital   instrument buses.
The auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall be powered from the emergency buses consistent with satisfying the emergency power diversity requirements of the auxiliary feedwater system set forth in Auxiliary Systems Branch Technical Position 10-1 of the Standard Review Plan, Section 10.4.9.
B. Safet -Grade     Lon -Term
CLARIFICATION A.
: 1. Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to   each steam generator shall satisfy safety-grade requirements.
Control Grade Short-Term 1.
C. Other For the Short-Term the flow indication channels should by themselves satisfy the single failure criterion for each steam generator. As a fall-back position, one auxiliary feed water flow channel may be backed up by a steam generator level channel.
Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to each steam generator shall satisfy the single failure criterion.
: 2. Each auxiliary feed water channel should provide an indication of feed flow with an accuracy on the order of 2 10%.
2.
Conformance with the requirements of this position was documented by letter dated December 14, 1979 from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.
Testability of the auxiliary feedwater flow indication channels shall be a feature of the design.-
Ziemann, USNRC.
3.
Auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall be powered from the vital instrument buses.
B.
Safet
-Grade Lon -Term 1.
Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to each steam generator shall satisfy safety-grade requirements.
C.
Other For the Short-Term the flow indication channels should by themselves satisfy the single failure criterion for each steam generator.
As a fall-back position, one auxiliary feed water flow channel may be backed up by a steam generator level channel.
2.
Each auxiliary feed water channel should provide an indication of feed flow with an accuracy on the order of 2 10%.
Conformance with the requirements of this position was documented by {{letter dated|date=December 14, 1979|text=letter dated December 14, 1979}} from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.
: Ziemann, USNRC.


37 Section 2.1.8.a       IMPROVED POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING         CAPABILITY POSITION A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere sampling systems shall be performed to 'determine the capability of personnel to promptly obtain (less than 1 hour) a sample under accident conditions without incurring a radiation exposure to any individual in excess of 3 and 18 3/4 Rems to the whole body or extremities, respectively. Accident conditions should assume a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release of fission products.         If the review indicates that personnel could not promptly and safely     obtain   the samples, addi-tional design features or shielding should be provided     to meet the criteria.
37 Section 2.1.8.a IMPROVED POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING CAPABILITY POSITION A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere sampling systems shall be performed to 'determine the capability of personnel to promptly obtain (less than 1 hour) a sample under accident conditions without incurring a radiation exposure to any individual in excess of 3 and 18 3/4 Rems to the whole body or extremities, respectively.
A design and operational review of the radiological spectrum analysis facilities shall be performed to determine the capability to promptly quantify (less than 2 hours) certain radioisotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage.
Accident conditions should assume a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release of fission products.
Such radionuclides are noble gases (which indicate cladding failure), iodines and cesiums (which indicate high fuel temperatures), and non-volatile isotopes (which indicate fuel melting). The initial reactor coolant spectrum should cor-respond to a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release.     The review should also con-sider the effects of direct radiation from piping and components in the auxiliary building and possible contamination and direct radiation from airborne effluents. If the review indicates that the analyses required cannot be per-formed in a prompt manner with existing equipment,''then design modifications or equipment procurement shall be undertaken to meet the criteria.
If the review indicates that personnel could not promptly and safely obtain the samples, addi-tional design features or shielding should be provided to meet the criteria.
In addition to the radiological analyses, certain chemical analyses are necessary for monitoring reactor conditions. Procedures shall be provided to perform boron and chloride chemical analyses assuming a highly radioactive initial sample (Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 source term). Both analyses shall be capable of being performed promptly, i.e., the boron analysis within an hour and the chloride sample analysis within a shift.
A design and operational review of the radiological spectrum analysis facilities shall be performed to determine the capability to promptly quantify (less than 2 hours) certain radioisotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage.
DISCUSSION The primary purpose of implementing Improved Post-Accident Sampling Capability is to   improve 'efforts to assess and control the course of an accident by:
Such radionuclides are noble gases (which indicate cladding failure), iodines and cesiums (which indicate high fuel temperatures),
: 1. Providing information related to the extent of core   damage   that has occurred or may be occurring during an accident;
and non-volatile isotopes (which indicate fuel melting).
: 2. Determining the types and quantities of fission products released'o the containment in the liquid and gas phase and which may be released to the environment;
The initial reactor coolant spectrum should cor-respond to a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release.
: 3. Providing information on coolant chemistry (e.g., dissolved gas, boron and pH) and containment hydrogen.
The review should also con-sider the effects of direct radiation from piping and components in the auxiliary building and possible contamination and direct radiation from airborne effluents. If the review indicates that the analyses required cannot be per-formed in a prompt manner with existing equipment,''then design modifications or equipment procurement shall be undertaken to meet the criteria.
The above   information requires a capability to perform the following analyses:
In addition to the radiological analyses, certain chemical analyses are necessary for monitoring reactor conditions.
: 1. Radiological and chemical analyses of pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant liquid samples;
Procedures shall be provided to perform boron and chloride chemical analyses assuming a highly radioactive initial sample (Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 source term).
Both analyses shall be capable of being performed promptly, i.e.,
the boron analysis within an hour and the chloride sample analysis within a shift.
DISCUSSION The primary purpose of implementing Improved Post-Accident Sampling Capability is to improve 'efforts to assess and control the course of an accident by:
1.
Providing information related to the extent of core damage that has occurred or may be occurring during an accident; 2.
Determining the types and quantities of fission products released'o the containment in the liquid and gas phase and which may be released to the environment; 3.
Providing information on coolant chemistry (e.g., dissolved
: gas, boron and pH) and containment hydrogen.
The above information requires a capability to perform the following analyses:
1.
Radiological and chemical analyses of pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant liquid samples;


38
38 2.
: 2. Radiological and hydrogen analyses of containment atmosphere (air) samples.
Radiological and hydrogen analyses of containment atmosphere (air) samples.
CLARIFICATION The licensee shall have the capability to promptly obtain (in less than 1 hour) pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant samples and a containment atmos-phere   (air) sample.
CLARIFICATION The licensee shall have the capability to promptly obtain (in less than 1 hour) pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant samples and a containment atmos-phere (air) sample.
The licensee shall establish a plan for an onsite radiological and chemical analysis facility'ith the capability to provide, within 1 hour of obtaining, the sample, quantification of the following:
The licensee shall establish a plan for an onsite radiological and chemical analysis facility'ith the capability to provide, within 1 hour of obtaining, the sample, quantification of the following:
: 1. certain isotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage     (i.e.,
1.
noble gases,   iodines and cesiums and non-volatile isotopes),
certain isotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage (i.e.,
: 2. hydrogen levels   in the containment atmosphere in the range 0 to 10 volume percent,
noble gases, iodines and cesiums and non-volatile isotopes),
: 3. dissolved gases     (i.e., H , 0 ) and boron concentration of liquids.
2.
or have   in-line monitoring capabilities to perform the above analysis. Plant procedures     for the handling and analysis of samples, minor plant modifications for taking     samples and a design review and procedural   modifications (if necessary)     shall be completed by January 1, 1981.
hydrogen levels in the containment atmosphere in the range 0 to 10 volume
During the review of the post accident sampling capability consideration should be given   to the following items:
: percent, 3.
: 1. Provisions shall be made to permit containment atmosphere sampling under both positive and negative containment pressure.
dissolved gases (i.e.,
I
H 0 ) and boron concentration of liquids.
: 2. The licensee shall consider provisions for purging sample lines, for reducing plateout in sample lines, for minimizing sample loss or distortion, for preventing blockage of sample lines by loose material in the RCS or containment, for appropriate disposal of the samples, and for passive flow restrictions to limit reactor coolant loss or containment air leak from a rupture of the sample line.
or have in-line monitoring capabilities to perform the above analysis.
: 3. If changes   or modifications to the existing sampling system are required, the seismic design and quality group classification for sampling lines and components shall conform to the classification of the system to which each sampling line is connected.     Components and piping downstream of the second isolation valve can be designed to quality Group D and nonseismic Category I requirements.
Plant procedures for the handling and analysis of samples, minor plant modifications for taking samples and a design review and procedural modifications (if necessary) shall be completed by January 1, 1981.
The licensee's radiological sample analysis capability should include provisions to-
During the review of the post accident sampling capability consideration should be given to the following items:
: a. Identify   and quantify the isotopes of the nuclide categories discussed above to levels corresponding to the source terms given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b. Mhere necessary, ability to dilute samples to provide capability for measurement and reduction of personnel exposure, should be provided.
1.
Sensitivity of onsite analysis capability should be such as to permit measurement of nuclide concentration in the range from approximately 1 pCi/gm to the upper levels indicated here.
Provisions shall be made to permit containment atmosphere sampling under both positive and negative containment pressure.
I 2.
The licensee shall consider provisions for purging sample lines, for reducing plateout in sample lines, for minimizing sample loss or distortion, for preventing blockage of sample lines by loose material in the RCS or containment, for appropriate disposal of the samples, and for passive flow restrictions to limit reactor coolant loss or containment air leak from a rupture of the sample line.
3.
If changes or modifications to the existing sampling system are required, the seismic design and quality group classification for sampling lines and components shall conform to the classification of the system to which each sampling line is connected.
Components and piping downstream of the second isolation valve can be designed to quality Group D and nonseismic Category I requirements.
The licensee's radiological sample analysis capability should include provisions to-a.
Identify and quantify the isotopes of the nuclide categories discussed above to levels corresponding to the source terms given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b.
Mhere necessary, ability to dilute samples to provide capability for measurement and reduction of personnel
: exposure, should be provided.
Sensitivity of onsite analysis capability should be such as to permit measurement of nuclide concentration in the range from approximately 1
pCi/gm to the upper levels indicated here.


39
39
~     Restrict background levels of radiation in the radiological and chemical analysis facility from sources such that the sample analysis will provide results with an acceptably small error (approximately a factor of 2). This can be accomplished through the use of sufficient shielding around samples and outside sources, and by the use of ventilation system design which will control the presence of airborne radioactivity.
~
: c. Haintain plant procedures which identify the analysis required, measurement techniques and provisions for reducing background levels.
Restrict background levels of radiation in the radiological and chemical analysis facility from sources such that the sample analysis will provide results with an acceptably small error (approximately a factor of 2).
The licensees chemical analysis capability shall consider the presence of the radiological source term indicated for the radiological analysis.
This can be accomplished through the use of sufficient shielding around samples and outside sources, and by the use of ventilation system design which will control the presence of airborne radioactivity.
In performing the review of sampling and analysis capability, consideration shall be given to personnel occupational exposure. Procedural changes and/or plant modifications must assure that     it shall be possible to obtain and analyze a sample while incurring a radiation dose to any individual that is as low as reasonably achievable and not in excess of GDC 19. In assuring that these limits are met, the following criteria will be used by the staff.
c.
: 1. For shielding calculations,   source terms shall be as given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b.
Haintain plant procedures which identify the analysis
: 2. Access   to the sample station and the radiological and chemical analysis facilities shall be through areas which are accessible in post accident situations and which are provided with sufficient shielding to assure that the radiation dose   criteria are met.
: required, measurement techniques and provisions for reducing background levels.
: 3. Operations in the sample station,:handling of highly radioactive samples from the sample station to the analysis facilities, and handling while working with the samples in the analysis facilities shall be such that the radiation dose criteria are met. This may involve sufficient shielding of personnel from the samples and/or the dilution of samples for analysis.
The licensees chemical analysis capability shall consider the presence of the radiological source term indicated for the radiological analysis.
If the existing facilities do not satisfy these criteria, then additional design features, e.g., additional shielding, remote handling, etc. shall be provided. The radioactive sample lines in the sample station, the samples themselves in the analysis facilities, and other radioactive lines of the vicinity of the sampling station and analysis facilities shall be included in the evaluation.
In performing the review of sampling and analysis capability, consideration shall be given to personnel occupational exposure.
: 4. High range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters should be provided to permit rapid assessment of high exposure rates and accumulated personnel exposure.
Procedural changes and/or plant modifications must assure that it shall be possible to obtain and analyze a sample while incurring a radiation dose to any individual that is as low as reasonably achievable and not in excess of GDC 19.
The licensee shall demonstrate their capability to obtain and analyze a sample containing the isotopes discussed above according to the criteria given in this section.
In assuring that these limits are met, the following criteria will be used by the staff.
RG&E Res     onse A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and con-tainment atmosphere sampling systems was performed to determine the improvements necessary for the prompt. collection, handling and analysis of reguired post-accident samples without incurring ex-
1.
For shielding calculations, source terms shall be as given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b.
2.
Access to the sample station and the radiological and chemical analysis facilities shall be through areas which are accessible in post accident situations and which are provided with sufficient shielding to assure that the radiation dose criteria are met.
3.
Operations in the sample station,:handling of highly radioactive samples from the sample station to the analysis facilities, and handling while working with the samples in the analysis facilities shall be such that the radiation dose criteria are met.
This may involve sufficient shielding of personnel from the samples and/or the dilution of samples for analysis.
If the existing facilities do not satisfy these criteria, then additional design features, e.g., additional shielding, remote handling, etc. shall be provided.
The radioactive sample lines in the sample station, the samples themselves in the analysis facilities, and other radioactive lines of the vicinity of the sampling station and analysis facilities shall be included in the evaluation.
4.
High range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters should be provided to permit rapid assessment of high exposure rates and accumulated personnel exposure.
The licensee shall demonstrate their capability to obtain and analyze a sample containing the isotopes discussed above according to the criteria given in this section.
RG&E Res onse A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and con-tainment atmosphere sampling systems was performed to determine the improvements necessary for the prompt. collection, handling and analysis of reguired post-accident samples without incurring ex-


cessive personnel radiation exposure. This review was performed the guidelines of NUREG-0578 and subsequent clarification'ollowing given in the October 30, 1979 letter from H. Denton to all operating nuclear power facilities.
cessive personnel radiation exposure.
We have identified certain procedural changes and equipment modifications which will be implemented in order to maintain personnel exposures within the accident, dose criteria of 5 rem (GDC 19). Plant procedures for the handling and analysis of post-accident samples have been developed and will be implemented by January 1, 1980.
This review was performed
New procedures which have been provided are:
'ollowing the guidelines of NUREG-0578 and subsequent clarification given in the {{letter dated|date=October 30, 1979|text=October 30, 1979 letter}} from H. Denton to all operating nuclear power facilities.
PC   23.1   Emergency Sampling of Primary Coolant PC 23.2 'ontainment Atmosphere Sampling and Analysis During Containment Isolation These procedures   address the sample locations, radiological pre-cautions (including use of shields), sample dilution requirements, means of handling the samples and necessary modifications to normal analytical procedures. Sample lines at, a containment post-accident air sample penetration have been shortened to further reduce   potential radiation exposure.
We have identified certain procedural changes and equipment modifications which will be implemented in order to maintain personnel exposures within the accident, dose criteria of 5 rem (GDC 19).
Plant procedures for the handling and analysis of post-accident samples have been developed and will be implemented by January 1,
1980.
New procedures which have been provided are:
PC 23.1 Emergency Sampling of Primary Coolant PC 23.2
'ontainment Atmosphere Sampling and Analysis During Containment Isolation These procedures address the sample locations, radiological pre-cautions (including use of shields),
sample dilution requirements, means of handling the samples and necessary modifications to normal analytical procedures.
Sample lines at, a containment post-accident air sample penetration have been shortened to further reduce potential radiation exposure.
A variety of high range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters are available on site for rapid asssessment of personnel exposures.
A variety of high range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters are available on site for rapid asssessment of personnel exposures.
Based upon   the results of the shielding design review performed in response to Item 2.1.6.b, we have identified those plant areas where sampling system components need additional radiation shield-ing or relocation in order to reduce potential exposure to personnel under extreme post-accident conditions. Portable shadow shielding designs are now being investigated for use in sample collection, handling and analysis. Procurement of the portable shielding will be completed by January 1, 1981. Shielded sample containers are now available onsite and additional containers for transport-ing and disposing of the sample will be made available at the earliest possible date, prior to January 1, 1981. Alternative sampling methods for radiological and chemical analyses (boron,     ~
Based upon the results of the shielding design review performed in response to Item 2.1.6.b, we have identified those plant areas where sampling system components need additional radiation shield-ing or relocation in order to reduce potential exposure to personnel under extreme post-accident conditions.
H , 0 ) are currently being investigated.     Continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere (0 to 10%
Portable shadow shielding designs are now being investigated for use in sample collection, handling and analysis.
hydrogen concentration range) will be provided in the Control Room by January 1, 1981 (see Response to Item 2.1.9).
Procurement of the portable shielding will be completed by January 1,
Major sampling system modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocation have been proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A to the Item 2.1.6.b response. These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considerations.
1981.
Shielded sample containers are now available onsite and additional containers for transport-ing and disposing of the sample will be made available at the earliest possible date, prior to January 1,
1981.
Alternative sampling methods for radiological and chemical analyses (boron,
~
H 0
) are currently being investigated.
Continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere (0 to 10%
hydrogen concentration range) will be provided in the Control Room by January 1,
1981 (see
 
===Response===
to Item 2.1.9).
Major sampling system modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocation have been proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A to the Item 2.1.6.b response.
These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considerations.
Therefore, we have concluded from our design and operational review that prompt collection and analysis of post-accident samples can be performed un'der the extreme conditions postulated
Therefore, we have concluded from our design and operational review that prompt collection and analysis of post-accident samples can be performed un'der the extreme conditions postulated


in NUREG-0578 without unacceptable exposure to personnel from radiation and airborne radioactivity. Certain procedural and eguipment improvements will be implemented in a timely manner to maintain personnel exposures from emergency sampling operations within the dose guidelines of NUREG-0578.
in NUREG-0578 without unacceptable exposure to personnel from radiation and airborne radioactivity.
Certain procedural and eguipment improvements will be implemented in a timely manner to maintain personnel exposures from emergency sampling operations within the dose guidelines of NUREG-0578.


Section 2.1.8.b -         INCREASED RANGE OF RADIATION MONITORS POSITION The requirements associated with this recommendation should be considered as advanced implementation     of certain requirements to be included in a revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97,     "Instrumentation to Follow the Course of an Accident,"
Section 2.1.8.b -
which has already been     initiated, and in other Regulatory Guides, which will be promulgated in the near-term.
INCREASED RANGE OF RADIATION MONITORS POSITION The requirements associated with this recommendation should be considered as advanced implementation of certain requirements to be included in a revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97, "Instrumentation to Follow the Course of an Accident,"
which has already been initiated, and in other Regulatory Guides, which will be promulgated in the near-term.
Noble gas effluent monitors shall be installed with an extended range designed to function during accident conditions as well as during normal operating conditions; multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest.
Noble gas effluent monitors shall be installed with an extended range designed to function during accident conditions as well as during normal operating conditions; multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest.
5
a.
: a. Noble gas effluent monitors with an upper range capacity of 10 uCi/cc (Xe-133) are considered to be practical and should be installed in all operating plants.
Noble gas effluent monitors with an upper range capacity of 10 5 uCi/cc (Xe-133) are considered to be practical and should be installed in all operating plants.
: b. Noble gas   effluent monitoring shall be provided for the total range of concentration extending from normal condition (ALARA) concentra-tions to a maximum of 10 uCi/cc (Xe-133). Multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest. The range capacity of individual monitors shall overlap by a factor of ten.
~
~    Since iodine gaseous effluent monitors for the accident conditions are not considered to be practical at this time, capability for effluent monitoring of radioiodines for the accident condition shall be provided with sampling conducted by absorption on charcoal or other media, followed by on-site laboratory analysis.
b.
: 3. In-containment radiation level monitors with a maximum range of 10 8 rad/hr [total or 10 rad/hr photon] shall, be installed. A minimum of two such monitors that are physically separated shall be provided. Monitors shall be designed and qualified to function in an accident environment.
Noble gas effluent monitoring shall be provided for the total range of concentration extending from normal condition (ALARA) concentra-tions to a maximum of 10 uCi/cc (Xe-133).
DISCUSSION The January 1, 1980     requirement, were specifically added by the Commission and were not included   in NUREG-0578. The purpose of the interim January 1, 1980 requirement is to assure that licensees have methods of quantifying radioactivity releases should the existing effluent instrumentation go offscale.
Multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest.
CLARIFICATION
The range capacity of individual monitors shall overlap by a factor of ten.
: 1. Radiological Noble     Gas Effluent Monitors A. January 1, 1980 Requirements Until final implementation in January 1, 1981, all operating reactors must provide, by January 1, 1980, an interim method for quantifying high level releases which meets the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.l.
Since iodine gaseous effluent monitors for the accident conditions are not considered to be practical at this time, capability for effluent monitoring of radioiodines for the accident condition shall be provided with sampling conducted by absorption on charcoal or other media, followed by on-site laboratory analysis.
3.
In-containment radiation level monitors with a maximum range of 10 8 rad/hr [total or 10 rad/hr photon] shall, be installed.
A minimum of two such monitors that are physically separated shall be provided.
Monitors shall be designed and qualified to function in an accident environment.
DISCUSSION The January 1,
1980 requirement, were specifically added by the Commission and were not included in NUREG-0578.
The purpose of the interim January 1,
1980 requirement is to assure that licensees have methods of quantifying radioactivity releases should the existing effluent instrumentation go offscale.
CLARIFICATION 1.
Radiological Noble Gas Effluent Monitors A.
January 1,
1980 Requirements Until final implementation in January 1,
1981, all operating reactors must provide, by January 1, 1980, an interim method for quantifying high level releases which meets the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.l.
This method is to serve only as a provisional fix with the more de-
This method is to serve only as a provisional fix with the more de-


0 43 tailed, exact methods to follow. Methods are to be developed to quantify release rates of up to 10,000 Ci/sec for noble gases from all potential release points, (e.g., auxiliary building, radwaste building, fuel handling building, reactor building, waste gas decay tank releases, main condenser air ejector, BWR main condenser vacuum pump exhaust, PWR steam safety valves and atmosphere steam dump valves and BWR turbine buildings) and any other areas that communicate directly with systems which may contain primary coolant or containment gases,
0
(.e.g, letdown and emergency core cooling systems and external recom-biners). Measurements/analysis capabilities of the effluents at the final release point (e.g., stack) should be such that measurements of individual sources which contribute to a common release point may not be necessary.     For assessing radioiodine and particulate releases, special procedures must be developed for the 'removal and analysis of the radioiodine/particulate sampling media (i.e., charcoal canister/
 
filter paper). Existing sampling locations are expected to be ade-quate; however, special procedures for retrieval and analysis of the sampling media under accident conditions (e.g., high air and surface contamination and direct radiation levels) are needed.
43 tailed, exact methods to follow.
It is   intended that the monitoring capabilities called for in the interim can be accomplished with existing instrumentation or readily available instrumentation. For noble gases, modifications to existing monitoring systems, such as the use of portable high range survey instruments, set in shielded collimators so that they "see" small sections of sampling lines is an acceptable method for meeting the in-tent of this requirement. Conversion 'of the measured dose rate (mR/hr) into concentration (pCi/cc) can be performed using standard volume source calculations. A method'must be developed with sufficient accuracy to quantify the iodine releases in the presence of high back-ground radiation from noble gases collected on charcoal filters.
Methods are to be developed to quantify release rates of up to 10,000 Ci/sec for noble gases from all potential release points, (e.g., auxiliary building, radwaste building, fuel handling building, reactor building, waste gas decay tank releases, main condenser air ejector, BWR main condenser vacuum pump exhaust, PWR steam safety valves and atmosphere steam dump valves and BWR turbine buildings) and any other areas that communicate directly with systems which may contain primary coolant or containment
: gases,
(.e.g, letdown and emergency core cooling systems and external recom-biners).
Measurements/analysis capabilities of the effluents at the final release point (e.g.,
stack) should be such that measurements of individual sources which contribute to a common release point may not be necessary.
For assessing radioiodine and particulate releases, special procedures must be developed for the 'removal and analysis of the radioiodine/particulate sampling media (i.e., charcoal canister/
filter paper).
Existing sampling locations are expected to be ade-quate; however, special procedures for retrieval and analysis of the sampling media under accident conditions (e.g., high air and surface contamination and direct radiation levels) are needed.
It is intended that the monitoring capabilities called for in the interim can be accomplished with existing instrumentation or readily available instrumentation.
For noble gases, modifications to existing monitoring systems, such as the use of portable high range survey instruments, set in shielded collimators so that they "see" small sections of sampling lines is an acceptable method for meeting the in-tent of this requirement.
Conversion 'of the measured dose rate (mR/hr) into concentration (pCi/cc) can be performed using standard volume source calculations.
A method'must be developed with sufficient accuracy to quantify the iodine releases in the presence of high back-ground radiation from noble gases collected on charcoal filters.
Seismically qualified equipment and equipment meeting IEEE-279 is not required.
Seismically qualified equipment and equipment meeting IEEE-279 is not required.
The licensee shall provide the following information on his methods to quantify gaseous releases of radioactivity from the plant during an accident.
The licensee shall provide the following information on his methods to quantify gaseous releases of radioactivity from the plant during an accident.
: 1. Noble Gas   Effluents
1.
: a. System/Method   description including:
Noble Gas Effluents a.
i)   Instrumentation to   be used including range or sen-sitivity,   energy dependence, and calibration frequency and technique, ii)   Monitoring/sampling locations, including methods to assure representative measurements and background radia-tion correction,
System/Method description including:
i)
Instrumentation to be used including range or sen-sitivity, energy dependence, and calibration frequency and technique, ii)
Monitoring/sampling locations, including methods to assure representative measurements and background radia-tion correction,


A description of method to be employed to facilitate access   to radiation readings. For January 1, 1980, Control room read-out is preferred; however,     if im-practical, in-situ readings by an individual with verbal communication with the Control Room is acceptable based on (iv) below.
A description of method to be employed to facilitate access to radiation readings.
iv)   Capability to obtain radiation readings at least every 15 minutes during an accident.
For January 1, 1980, Control room read-out is preferred; however, if im-practical, in-situ readings by an individual with verbal communication with the Control Room is acceptable based on (iv) below.
v)   Source of power to be used.     If normal AC power is used, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is used, the source should be capable of providing continuous readout for 7 consecutive days ~
iv)
: b. Procedures   for conducting all aspects of the     measurement/
Capability to obtain radiation readings at least every 15 minutes during an accident.
v)
Source of power to be used.
If normal AC power is
: used, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is used, the source should be capable of providing continuous readout for 7 consecutive days
~
b.
Procedures for conducting all aspects of the measurement/
analysis including:
analysis including:
i)'rocedures for minimizing         occupational exposures ii)   Calculational methods for converting instrument read-ings to release rates based on exhaust air flow and taking into consideration radionuclide spectrum distri-bution as function of time after shutdown.
i)'rocedures for minimizing occupational exposures ii)
iii)   Procedures   for dissemination of information.
Calculational methods for converting instrument read-ings to release rates based on exhaust air flow and taking into consideration radionuclide spectrum distri-bution as function of time after shutdown.
iv)   Procedures   for calibration.
iii)
B. January 1, 1981 Requirements By January 1, 1981, the     licensee shall provide high range noble gas effluent monitors for     each release path. The noble gas effluent monitor should meet the requirements of Table 2.1 8.b.2. The licensee
Procedures for dissemination of information.
                                                                ~
iv)
shall also provide the information given in Sections 1.A.l.a.i, 1.A.l.a.ii, 1.A.l.b.ii, 1.A.l.B.iii, and 1.A.l.b.iv above for the noble gas effluent monitors.
Procedures for calibration.
: 2. Radioiodine and Particulate Effluents A. For January 1, 1980 the licensee should provide the following:
B.
: 1. System/Method   description including:
January 1,
a)   Instrumentation to be used for analysis of the sampling media with discussion on methods used to correct for
1981 Requirements By January 1, 1981, the licensee shall provide high range noble gas effluent monitors for each release path.
* potentially interfering background levels of radioactivity.
The noble gas effluent monitor should meet the requirements of Table 2.1
b)     Monitoring/sampling location.
~ 8.b.2.
c)     Method to be used for retrieval and handling       of sampling media to minimize occupational exposure.
The licensee shall also provide the information given in Sections 1.A.l.a.i, 1.A.l.a.ii, 1.A.l.b.ii, 1.A.l.B.iii, and 1.A.l.b.iv above for the noble gas effluent monitors.
2.
Radioiodine and Particulate Effluents A.
For January 1,
1980 the licensee should provide the following:
1.
System/Method description including:
a)
Instrumentation to be used for analysis of the sampling media with discussion on methods used to correct for potentially interfering background levels of radioactivity.
b)
Monitoring/sampling location.
c)
Method to be used for retrieval and handling of sampling media to minimize occupational exposure.


d)   Method   to be used for data analysis of individual radio-nuclides in the presence of high levels of radioactive noble gases.
d)
e)   If   normal AC power is used for sample collection and analysis equipment, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is" used, the source should be capable of providing continuous read-out for 7 consecutive days.
Method to be used for data analysis of individual radio-nuclides in the presence of high levels of radioactive noble gases.
I
e)
: 2. Procedures   for conducting all aspects of the   measurement analysis including:
If normal AC power is used for sample collection and analysis equipment, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is" used, the source should be capable of providing continuous read-out for 7 consecutive days.
a)   Minimizing occupational exposure b)   Calculational methods for determining release rates c)   Procedures   for dissemination of information d)   Calibration frequency   and technique B. For January 1, 1981, the licensee should have the         capability to continuously sample and provide     onsite analysis of the sampling media.
I 2.
The licensee should also provide     the information required in 1.A above.
Procedures for conducting all aspects of the measurement analysis including:
a)
Minimizing occupational exposure b)
Calculational methods for determining release rates c)
Procedures for dissemination of information d)
Calibration frequency and technique B.
For January 1, 1981, the licensee should have the capability to continuously sample and provide onsite analysis of the sampling media.
The licensee should also provide the information required in 1.A above.
~
~
3.
3.
~ Containment Radiation Monitors
Containment Radiation Monitors Provide b Januar 1
        ~
1981 two radiation monitor Y
Provide b Y Januar y 1 1981 two radiation monitor systems in containment which are documented to meet the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.2.         It is possible that future regulatory requirements for emergency planning inter-faces may necessitate identification of different types of radionuclides in the containment air, e.g., noble gases (indication of core damage) and non-volatiles (indication of core melt). Consequently, consideration should be given to the possible installation or future conversion of these monitors to perform this function.
y systems in containment which are documented to meet the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.2.
                    ,r w
It is possible that future regulatory requirements for emergency planning inter-faces may necessitate identification of different types of radionuclides in the containment air, e.g.,
noble gases (indication of core damage) and non-volatiles (indication of core melt).
Consequently, consideration should be given to the possible installation or future conversion of these monitors to perform this function.
,r w


TABLE 2.1-.8.b.l INTERIH PROCEDURES FOR   UANTIFYING HIGH LEVEL ACCIDENTAL RADIOACTIVITY RELEASES Licensees are to implement procedures       for estimating noble gas and radio-iodine release rates scale.
TABLE 2.1-.8.b.l INTERIH PROCEDURES FOR UANTIFYING HIGH LEVEL ACCIDENTAL RADIOACTIVITYRELEASES Licensees are to implement procedures for estimating noble gas and radio-iodine release rates if the existing effluent instrumentation goes off scale.
if the existing effluent instrumentation goes off Examples   of major elements of   a highly radioactive effluent release special procedures   (noble gas).
Examples of major elements of a highly radioactive effluent release special procedures (noble gas).
4 Preselected location to measure radiation from the exhaust     air, e.g.,
4 Preselected location to measure radiation from the exhaust air, e.g.,
exhaust duct or sample line.
exhaust duct or sample line.
Provide shielding to minimize background interference.
Provide shielding to minimize background interference.
Use of an installed monitor (preferable) or dedicated portable monitor (acceptable)   to measure the radiation.
Use of an installed monitor (preferable) or dedicated portable monitor (acceptable) to measure the radiation.
Predetermined calculational method to convert the radiation level to radioactive effluent release rate.
Predetermined calculational method to convert the radiation level to radioactive effluent release rate.


TABLE 2.1.8.b.2 HIGH RANGE EFFLUENT MONITOR NOBLE GASES ONLY RANGE:   (Overlap with Normal Effluent Instrument Range)
TABLE 2.1.8.b.2 HIGH RANGE EFFLUENT MONITOR NOBLE GASES ONLY RANGE:
UNDILUTED CONTAINMENT EXHAUST                   10    pCi/CC DILUTED (>10:     1) CONTAINMENT EXHAUST       10    pCi/CC MARK   I BWR REACTOR. BUILDING EXHAUST         10    pCi/CC PWR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT EXHAUST               10    pCilCC BUILDINGS WITH SYSTEMS CONTAINING PRIMARY COOLANT OR GASES                       10    pCi/CC OTHER BUILDINGS     (E.G., RADWASTE)           10    pCi/CC NOT REDUNDANT   -   1 PER NORMAL RELEASE   POINT SEISMIC - NO POWER " VITAL INSTRUMENT   BUS SPECIFICATIONS   - PER. R.G. 1.97 AND ANSI N320"1979 DISPLAY*:   CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING WITH READOUTS IN THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) AND EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC)
(Overlap with Normal Effluent Instrument UNDILUTED CONTAINMENT EXHAUST DILUTED (>10:
QUALIFICATIONS   - NO
1)
*Although not a present requirement,       it is likely that this information may have to be transmitted to the NRC. Consequently, consideration should be given to this possible future requirement when designing the display interfaces.
CONTAINMENT EXHAUST MARK I BWR REACTOR. BUILDING EXHAUST PWR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT EXHAUST BUILDINGS WITH SYSTEMS CONTAINING PRIMARY COOLANT OR GASES OTHER BUILDINGS (E.G.,
RADWASTE)
NOT REDUNDANT -
1 PER NORMAL RELEASE POINT Range) 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCilCC SEISMIC - NO POWER " VITAL INSTRUMENT BUS SPECIFICATIONS - PER.
R.G. 1.97 AND ANSI N320"1979 DISPLAY*:
CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING WITH READOUTS IN THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC)
AND EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC)
QUALIFICATIONS - NO
*Although not a present requirement, it is likely that this information may have to be transmitted to the NRC.
Consequently, consideration should be given to this possible future requirement when designing the display interfaces.


48 TABLE   2.1.8.b.3 HIGH RANGE CONTAINHENT RADIATION HONITOR RADIATION: TOTAL RADIATION (ALTERNATE:       PHOTON ONLY)
48 TABLE 2.1.8.b.3 HIGH RANGE CONTAINHENT RADIATION HONITOR RADIATION:
TOTAL RADIATION (ALTERNATE:
PHOTON ONLY)
RANGE:
RANGE:
UP TO 10 RAD/HR (TOTAL RADIATION)
UP TO 10 RAD/HR (TOTAL RADIATION)
ALTERNATE: .10 7 R/HR (PHOTON RADIATION ONLY)
ALTERNATE:.10 R/HR (PHOTON RADIATION ONLY) 7 SENSITIVE DOWN TO 60 KEV PHOTONS*
SENSITIVE DOWN TO   60 KEV PHOTONS*
REDUNDANT:
REDUNDANT:   TWO PHYSICALLY SEPARATED UNITS SEISHIC:   PER R. G. 1.97 POWER:   VITAL INSTRUHENT BUS SPECIFICATIONS:   PER. R.G. 1.97 REV. 2 and ANSI N320-1978 DISPLAY:   CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING CALIBRATION: LABORATORY CALIBRATION ACCEPTABLE
TWO PHYSICALLY SEPARATED UNITS SEISHIC:
*Honitors must. not provide misleading information to the operators assuming delayed core damage when the 80   KEV photon Xe-133   is the major noble gas present.
PER R.
G. 1.97 POWER:
VITAL INSTRUHENT BUS SPECIFICATIONS:
PER.
R.G. 1.97 REV.
2 and ANSI N320-1978 DISPLAY:
CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING CALIBRATION:
LABORATORY CALIBRATION ACCEPTABLE
*Honitors must. not provide misleading information to the operators assuming delayed core damage when the 80 KEV photon Xe-133 is the major noble gas present.


RGB'es   onses 2.1.8.b.1 Procedure PC-23.3 titled "Estimation of Noble Gas Release Rate From Plant Vent During Accident Conditions" to be used for estimat-ing the rate of noble gas release through the plant vent, if normal instrumentation is indicating above scale releases has been written. This procedure utilizes a hand-held j.nstrument from which the curie content of a known volume in the vent line can be determined. The procedure has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent.
RGB'es onses 2.1.8.b.1 Procedure PC-23.3 titled "Estimation of Noble Gas Release Rate From Plant Vent During Accident Conditions" to be used for estimat-ing the rate of noble gas release through the plant vent, if normal instrumentation is indicating above scale releases has been written.
Eberline Model SPING-4 effluent samplers are planned for installa-tion on release paths. The SPING-4 low and mid-range detectors overlap by a factor of 2.4 instead of the overlap of 10 suggested in the staff position. Conversations with members of the Environ-mental Evaluation Branch have confirmed that this is acceptable, however.
This procedure utilizes a hand-held j.nstrument from which the curie content of a known volume in the vent line can be determined.
2.1.8.b.2 Procedure HP-11.2 Iodine in Air-Charcoal Cartridge Method is used to determine the concentration of iodine in plant effluents. A sample from the plant vent, is collected on a SAI OCP 100 or equivalent charcoal cartridge by a Trapelo MAP 63 which is located adjacent to the vent. This unit, has a continuous readout in the control room using a single channel Sodium Iodide crystal. The charocal cartridge is also counted in the laboratory on a Germanium Lithium system after it has been purged of noble gases. Individual isotopes of radioiodines can be calculated as can other radio-nuclides from the prefilter. Samples will be transported from the sample location to the laboratory in a shielded container high radiation doses are encountered.
The procedure has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent.
if Two counting laboratories are available on-site with independent power sources.
Eberline Model SPING-4 effluent samplers are planned for installa-tion on release paths.
2.1.8.b.3 Two Victoreen model 875 high range radiation monitors have been ordered for installation in the containment. The monitors and associated equipment will be installed to meet7the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.3 and will have a range of 10 R/hr (photon only). In order to meet the required installation date of January 1, 1981, staff approval of this proposal is required by March 1, 1980. Approval after that date may mean installation will be delayed. Please notify us as early as possible of any potential problems.
The SPING-4 low and mid-range detectors overlap by a factor of 2.4 instead of the overlap of 10 suggested in the staff position.
Conversations with members of the Environ-mental Evaluation Branch have confirmed that this is acceptable, however.
2.1.8.b.2 Procedure HP-11.2 Iodine in Air-Charcoal Cartridge Method is used to determine the concentration of iodine in plant effluents.
A sample from the plant vent, is collected on a SAI OCP 100 or equivalent charcoal cartridge by a Trapelo MAP 63 which is located adjacent to the vent.
This unit, has a continuous readout in the control room using a single channel Sodium Iodide crystal.
The charocal cartridge is also counted in the laboratory on a Germanium Lithium system after it has been purged of noble gases.
Individual isotopes of radioiodines can be calculated as can other radio-nuclides from the prefilter.
Samples will be transported from the sample location to the laboratory in a shielded container if high radiation doses are encountered.
Two counting laboratories are available on-site with independent power sources.
2.1.8.b.3 Two Victoreen model 875 high range radiation monitors have been ordered for installation in the containment.
The monitors and associated equipment will be installed to meet7the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.3 and will have a range of 10 R/hr (photon only).
In order to meet the required installation date of January 1,
1981, staff approval of this proposal is required by March 1, 1980.
Approval after that date may mean installation will be delayed.
Please notify us as early as possible of any potential problems.


50 Section 2.1.8.c -
50 Section 2.1.8.c -
              ~ ~  ~    IMPROVED IN-PLANT IODINE INSTRUMENTATION UNDER ACCIDENT CONDITIONS POSITION Each licensee shall provide equipment and associated training and procedures for accurately determing the airborne iodine concentration in areas within the facility where plant personnel may be present during an accident.
IMPROVED IN-PLANT IODINE INSTRUMENTATION UNDER
CLARIFICATION Use of Portable versus Stationar Honitorin E ui ment
~
                                        'I Effective monitoring of increasing iodine levels in the buildings under accident conditions must include the use of portable instruments for the following reasons:
~
: a. The physical size of the auxiliary/fuel handling building precludes locating stationary monitoring instrumentation at all areas where airborne iodine concentration data might be required.
~
: b. Unanticipated isolated "hot spots" may occur in locations where no sta-tionary monitoring instrumentation is located.
ACCIDENT CONDITIONS POSITION Each licensee shall provide equipment and associated training and procedures for accurately determing the airborne iodine concentration in areas within the facility where plant personnel may be present during an accident.
: c. Unexpectedly high background radiation levels near stationary monitoring instrumentation after an accident may interfere with filter radiation read-ings.
CLARIFICATION Use of Portable versus Stationar Honitorin E ui ment
The time required to retrieve samples after an accident may result in high personnel exposures if these filters are located in high dose rate areas.
'I Effective monitoring of increasing iodine levels in the buildings under accident conditions must include the use of portable instruments for the following reasons:
Iodine Filters and Neasurement Techni ues, A. The following are short-term recommendations and shall be implemented by the licensee by Janaury 1, 1980. The licensee shall have the capability to accurately detect the presence of iodine in the region of interest fol-lowing an accident. This can be accomplished by using a portable or cart-mounted iodine sampler with attached single channe/3ynalyzer (SCA). The SCA window should be calibrated to the 365 keV         I. A representative air sample shall be taken and then counted for y(1 I using the SCA. This will give an initial conservative estimate of presence of iodine and can be used to determine if respiratory protection is required. Care must be taken to assure that the counting system is not saturated as a result of too much activity collected on the sampling cartridge.
a.
B. By January 1, 1981:
The physical size of the auxiliary/fuel handling building precludes locating stationary monitoring instrumentation at all areas where airborne iodine concentration data might be required.
The licensee shall have the capability to remove the sampling cartridge to a low background, low contamination area for further analysis. This area should be ventilated with clean air containing no airborne radionuclides which may contribute to inaccuracies in analyzing the sample. Here, the sample should first be purged of any entrapped noble gases using nitrogen gas or clean air free of noble gases. The licensee shall have the capa-bility to measure accurately the iodine concentrations present on these samples and effluent charcoal samples under accident conditions.
b.
No   additional response required.
Unanticipated isolated "hot spots" may occur in locations where no sta-tionary monitoring instrumentation is located.
c.
Unexpectedly high background radiation levels near stationary monitoring instrumentation after an accident may interfere with filter radiation read-ings.
The time required to retrieve samples after an accident may result in high personnel exposures if these filters are located in high dose rate areas.
Iodine Filters and Neasurement Techni ues, A.
The following are short-term recommendations and shall be implemented by the licensee by Janaury 1, 1980.
The licensee shall have the capability to accurately detect the presence of iodine in the region of interest fol-lowing an accident.
This can be accomplished by using a portable or cart-mounted iodine sampler with attached single channe/3ynalyzer (SCA).
The SCA window should be calibrated to the 365 keV y(1 I.
A representative air sample shall be taken and then counted for I using the SCA.
This will give an initial conservative estimate of presence of iodine and can be used to determine if respiratory protection is required.
Care must be taken to assure that the counting system is not saturated as a result of too much activity collected on the sampling cartridge.
B.
By January 1, 1981:
The licensee shall have the capability to remove the sampling cartridge to a low background, low contamination area for further analysis.
This area should be ventilated with clean air containing no airborne radionuclides which may contribute to inaccuracies in analyzing the sample.
: Here, the sample should first be purged of any entrapped noble gases using nitrogen gas or clean air free of noble gases.
The licensee shall have the capa-bility to measure accurately the iodine concentrations present on these samples and effluent charcoal samples under accident conditions.
No additional response required.


51 Section 2.1.9       TRANSIENT AND ACCIDENT ANALYSIS POSITION See NUREG-0578, page   A-44.
51 Section 2.1.9 TRANSIENT AND ACCIDENT ANALYSIS POSITION See NUREG-0578, page A-44.
DISCUSSION The scope of the required transient and accident analysis is discussed in NUREG-0578. The schedule for these analyses is included in NUREG-0578 and is repro-duced in the Implementation Schedule attachment to this letter. The Bulletins and Orders Task Force has been implementing these required analyses on that schedule. The analysis of the small break loss of coolant accident has been submitted by each of the owners groups. These analyses are presently under review by the BM Task Force. The scope and schedule for the analysis of inadequate core cooling have been discussed and agreed upon in meetings between the owners groups and the BRO Task Force, and are documented in the minutes to those meetings.
DISCUSSION The scope of the required transient and accident analysis is discussed in NUREG-0578.
The analysis of transients and accidents for the purpose of upgrading emergency procedures   is due in early 1980 and the detailed scope and schedule of this analysis is the subject of continuing discussions   between the owners groups and the B&P Task Force.
The schedule for these analyses is included in NUREG-0578 and is repro-duced in the Implementation Schedule attachment to this letter.
RG&E Res   onse Analyses of small break loss-of-coolant accidents, symptoms of inadequate core cooling and required actions to restore core cooling, and   analysis of transient and accident scenarios including operator actions not previously analyzed are being performed on a generic basic by the Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG&E is a member.
The Bulletins and Orders Task Force has been implementing these required analyses on that schedule.
The small break analyses have been completed and were reported in WCAP-9600, which was submitted to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the Owners'roup on June 29, 1979. Incorporated in that report were procedure guidelines that were developed as a result of small break analyses.         These guidelines have be~n reviewed and approved by the BSO Task Force and were present d t the 1979.
The analysis of the small break loss of coolant accident has been submitted by each of the owners groups.
utility representatives in a seminar held on October 16-19,   Owners'roup The work   required to address the other two areas--inadequate core cooling and other transient and accident scenarios--has been per-formed in conjunction with schedules and requirements established by the Bulletins and Orders Task Force. Analysis related to the defini-tion of inadequate core cooling and guidelines for recognizing the symptoms of inadequate core cooling based on existing plant instru-mentation and for restoring core cooling following a small break LOCA were submitted on October 31, 1979. This analysis is a less detailed analysis than was originally proposed, and will be followed up with a more extensive and detailed analysis which will be available during the first quarter of 1980.
These analyses are presently under review by the BM Task Force.
These guidelines were incorporated into specific plant procedures as applicable.       The scope of revisions included altering the fol-lowing existing emergency procedures:
The scope and schedule for the analysis of inadequate core cooling have been discussed and agreed upon in meetings between the owners groups and the BRO Task Force, and are documented in the minutes to those meetings.
The analysis of transients and accidents for the purpose of upgrading emergency procedures is due in early 1980 and the detailed scope and schedule of this analysis is the subject of continuing discussions between the owners groups and the B&P Task Force.
RG&E Res onse Analyses of small break loss-of-coolant accidents, symptoms of inadequate core cooling and required actions to restore core cooling, and analysis of transient and accident scenarios including operator actions not previously analyzed are being performed on a generic basic by the Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG&E is a member.
The small break analyses have been completed and were reported in WCAP-9600, which was submitted to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the Owners'roup on June 29, 1979.
Incorporated in that report were procedure guidelines that were developed as a result of small break analyses.
These guidelines have be~n reviewed and approved by the BSO Task Force and were present d t the Owners'roup utility representatives in a seminar held on October 16-19, 1979.
The work required to address the other two areas--inadequate core cooling and other transient and accident scenarios--has been per-formed in conjunction with schedules and requirements established by the Bulletins and Orders Task Force.
Analysis related to the defini-tion of inadequate core cooling and guidelines for recognizing the symptoms of inadequate core cooling based on existing plant instru-mentation and for restoring core cooling following a small break LOCA were submitted on October 31, 1979.
This analysis is a less detailed analysis than was originally proposed, and will be followed up with a more extensive and detailed analysis which will be available during the first quarter of 1980.
These guidelines were incorporated into specific plant procedures as applicable.
The scope of revisions included altering the fol-lowing existing emergency procedures:


52 1).E-l.l
52 4
              ~  Safety Injection System Actuation to Immediate Action
i 1).
                          ~   ~
E-l.l Safety Injection System Actuation to Immediate Action
and Diagnostics for Spurious Actuation of SI, LOCA, Loss of Secondary Coolant, and Steam Generator Tube Rupture.
~
2). E-l.2 Loss of Reactor Coolant 3). E-l.3 Steam Line Break to Loss of Secondary Coolant 4). E-l.4 Steam Generator Tube Rupture 5). E-l.5 Void Formation in Reactor Coolant System Training of operators on these revised emergency procedures has been completed.
~
With respect to other, transient and accidents contained in Chapter (14) of the FSAR, the Westinghouse Owners'roup will perform an evaluation of the actions which occur during an event by construct-ing sequence of event trees for each of the non-LOCA and LOCA transients. ,From these event trees a list of decision points for operator action will be prepared, along with a list of information available to the operator at. each decision point. Criteria set for credible misoperation, and time available for operator 4
~
decisions will be qualitatively assessed. The information developed will then be used to test Abnormal and Emergency Operating Pro-i    cedures against the event sequences to determine   if inadequacies exist in the procedures. The results of this study will be provided
~
    .to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the end of the first quarter of 1980 as mutually agreed.
and Diagnostics for Spurious Actuation of SI, LOCA, Loss of Secondary
The Owners'roup has also provided test predictions analysis of the LOFT L3-1 nuclear small break experiment. This analysis was provided on December 15, 1979, in accordance with the schedule established mutually with the Bulletins and Orders Task Force.
: Coolant, and Steam Generator Tube Rupture.
2).
E-l.2 Loss of Reactor Coolant 3).
E-l.3 Steam Line Break to Loss of Secondary Coolant 4).
E-l.4 Steam Generator Tube Rupture 5).
E-l.5 Void Formation in Reactor Coolant System Training of operators on these revised emergency procedures has been completed.
With respect to other, transient and accidents contained in Chapter (14) of the FSAR, the Westinghouse Owners'roup will perform an evaluation of the actions which occur during an event by construct-ing sequence of event trees for each of the non-LOCA and LOCA transients.
,From these event trees a list of decision points for operator action will be prepared, along with a list of information available to the operator at. each decision point.
Criteria set for credible misoperation, and time available for operator decisions will be qualitatively assessed.
The information developed will then be used to test Abnormal and Emergency Operating Pro-cedures against the event sequences to determine if inadequacies exist in the procedures.
The results of this study will be provided
.to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the end of the first quarter of 1980 as mutually agreed.
The Owners'roup has also provided test predictions analysis of the LOFT L3-1 nuclear small break experiment.
This analysis was provided on December 15, 1979, in accordance with the schedule established mutually with the Bulletins and Orders Task Force.


Section 2.1.9~ ~
Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT PRESSURE INDICATION
CONTAINMENT PRESSURE    INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of containment pressure should be provided in the control room. Heasurement and indication capability shall include three times the design pressure of the containment for concrete, four times the design pressure for steel, and minus five psig for all containments.
~
CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. The containment pressure indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.
POSITION A continuous indication of containment pressure should be provided in the control room.
: 2. The containment pressure monitor shall be installed by January 1, 1981.
Heasurement and indication capability shall include three times the design pressure of the containment for concrete, four times the design pressure for steel, and minus five psig for all containments.
RGSE Res     onse RG&E   will install     containment pressure indication in conformance with the Staff position.
CLARIFICATION 1.
The containment pressure indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.
2.
The containment pressure monitor shall be installed by January 1, 1981.
RGSE Res onse RG&E will install containment pressure indication in conformance with the Staff position.


Section 2.1.9         CONTAINMENT WATER     LEVEL INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of containment water level shall be provided in the control   room for all plants. A narrow range instrument shall be provided for PWRs and cover the range from the bottom to the top of the containment sump.
Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT WATER LEVEL INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of containment water level shall be provided in the control room for all plants.
A wide range instrument shall also be provided for PWRs and shall cover the range from the bottom of the containment to the elevation equivalent to a 600,000 gallon capacity. For BWRs, a wide range instrument shall be provided and cover the range from the bottom to 5 feet above the normal water level of the suppression pool.
A narrow range instrument shall be provided for PWRs and cover the range from the bottom to the top of the containment sump.
CLARIFICATION
A wide range instrument shall also be provided for PWRs and shall cover the range from the bottom of the containment to the elevation equivalent to a 600,000 gallon capacity.
: 1. The narrow range sump     level instrument shall monitor the normal containment sump   level vice the containment emergency sump level.
For BWRs, a wide range instrument shall be provided and cover the range from the bottom to 5 feet above the normal water level of the suppression pool.
: 2. The wide range containment     water level instruments shall meet the require-ments   of the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumentation for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plant to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident).
CLARIFICATION 1.
: 3. The narrow range   containment water level instruments shall meet the require-ments   of Regulatory Guide 1.89 (Qualification of Class IE Equipment of Nuclear Power Plants).
The narrow range sump level instrument shall monitor the normal containment sump level vice the containment emergency sump level.
The equivalent capacity of the wide range PWR level instrument has been changed from 500,000 gallons to 600,000 gallons to ensure consistency with the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97.       It should be noted that this measurement capability is based on recent plant designs. For older plants with smaller water capacities, licensees may propose deviations from this requirement based on the available water supply capability at their plant ~
2.
: 5. The containment water level indication shall be   installed by January 1, 1981.
The wide range containment water level instruments shall meet the require-ments of the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumentation for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plant to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident).
RG&E Res       onses No   additional response required.
3.
The narrow range containment water level instruments shall meet the require-ments of Regulatory Guide 1.89 (Qualification of Class IE Equipment of Nuclear Power Plants).
The equivalent capacity of the wide range PWR level instrument has been changed from 500,000 gallons to 600,000 gallons to ensure consistency with the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97. It should be noted that this measurement capability is based on recent plant designs.
For older plants with smaller water capacities, licensees may propose deviations from this requirement based on the available water supply capability at their plant
~
5.
The containment water level indication shall be installed by January 1,
1981.
RG&E Res onses No additional response required.


55 Section 2.1.9~  ~
55
CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN     INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere shall be provided in the control room. Neasurement capability shall be provided over the range of 0 to 10', hydrogen concentration under both positive and negative ambient pressure.
~
CLARIFICATION
~
: 1. The containment hydrogen indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.
Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere shall be provided in the control room.
: 2. The containment hydrogen indication shall be installed by January 1, 1981.
Neasurement capability shall be provided over the range of 0 to 10', hydrogen concentration under both positive and negative ambient pressure.
RG&E   intends to   install containment hydrogen indication instrumenta-tion in     conformance with the     Staff position.
CLARIFICATION 1.
The containment hydrogen indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.
2.
The containment hydrogen indication shall be installed by January 1,
1981.
RG&E intends to install containment hydrogen indication instrumenta-tion in conformance with the Staff position.


56 Section 2.1.9 -
56
            ~  ~    REACTOR COOIANT SYSTEM VENTING POSITION Each applicant and licensee shall install reactor coolant system and reactor vessel head high point vents remotely operated from the control room. Since these vents form a part of the reactor coolant pressure boundary, the design of the vents shall conform to the requirements of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 General Design Criteria. In particular, these vents shall be safety grade, and shall satisfy the single failure criterion and the requirements of IEEE-279 in order to ensure a low probability of inadvertent actuation.
~
Each application   and licensee shall provide the following information concerning the design and operation     of these high point vents:
~
: 1. A description of the construction, location, size, and power supply for the vents along with results of analyses of loss-of-coolant accidents initiated by a break in the vent pipe. The results of the analyses should be demon-strated to be acceptable in accordance with the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46.
Section 2.1.9 - REACTOR COOIANT SYSTEM VENTING POSITION Each applicant and licensee shall install reactor coolant system and reactor vessel head high point vents remotely operated from the control room.
: 2. Analyses demonstrating that the direct venting of noncondensable gases with perhaps high hydrogen concentrations does not result in violation of com-bustible gas concentration limits in containment as described in 10 CFR Part 50.44, Regulatory Guide 1 7 (Rev. 1), and Standard Review Plan Section
Since these vents form a part of the reactor coolant pressure
                                    ~
: boundary, the design of the vents shall conform to the requirements of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 General Design Criteria.
6.2.5.
In particular, these vents shall be safety grade, and shall satisfy the single failure criterion and the requirements of IEEE-279 in order to ensure a low probability of inadvertent actuation.
: 3. Procedural guidelines for the     operators'se of   the vents. The information available to the operator for     initiating or terminating vent usage shall be discussed.
Each application and licensee shall provide the following information concerning the design and operation of these high point vents:
CLARIFICATION A. General The two important safety functions enhanced by this venting capability are core cooling and containment integrity. For events within the present design basis for nuclear power plants, the capability to vent non-condensible gases will provide additional assurance of meeting the requirements of 10CFR50.46 (LOCA criteria) and 10CFR50.44 (containment criteria for hydrogen generation). For events beyond the present design basis, this venting capability will substantially increase the plant's ability to deal with large quantities of noncondensible gas without the loss of core cooling or containment integrity.
1.
: 2. Procedures   addressing the use of the RCS vents are required by January 1, 1981. The procedures should define the conditions under which the vents should be used as well as the conditions under which the vents should not be used. , The procedures should be based on the following criteria:     (1) assurance that the plant can meet the requirements of 10CFR50.46 and 10CFR50.44 for Design Basis Accidents; and (2) a substantial increase in the plant's ability to maintain core cooling and containment integrity for events   beyond the Design Basis.
A description of the construction, location, size, and power supply for the vents along with results of analyses of loss-of-coolant accidents initiated by a break in the vent pipe.
The results of the analyses should be demon-strated to be acceptable in accordance with the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46.
2.
Analyses demonstrating that the direct venting of noncondensable gases with perhaps high hydrogen concentrations does not result in violation of com-bustible gas concentration limits in containment as described in 10 CFR Part 50.44, Regulatory Guide 1
~ 7 (Rev. 1),
and Standard Review Plan Section 6.2.5.
3.
Procedural guidelines for the operators'se of the vents.
The information available to the operator for initiating or terminating vent usage shall be discussed.
CLARIFICATION A.
General The two important safety functions enhanced by this venting capability are core cooling and containment integrity.
For events within the present design basis for nuclear power plants, the capability to vent non-condensible gases will provide additional assurance of meeting the requirements of 10CFR50.46 (LOCA criteria) and 10CFR50.44 (containment criteria for hydrogen generation).
For events beyond the present design basis, this venting capability will substantially increase the plant's ability to deal with large quantities of noncondensible gas without the loss of core cooling or containment integrity.
2.
Procedures addressing the use of the RCS vents are required by January 1,
1981.
The procedures should define the conditions under which the vents should be used as well as the conditions under which the vents should not be used.
, The procedures should be based on the following criteria:
(1) assurance that the plant can meet the requirements of 10CFR50.46 and 10CFR50.44 for Design Basis Accidents; and (2) a substantial increase in the plant's ability to maintain core cooling and containment integrity for events beyond the Design Basis.


B. BWR Design Considerations Since the   BWR owners group has suggested   that the present BWR designs
B.
      ~
BWR Design Considerations Since the BWR owners group has suggested that the present BWR designs
inherent capability of venting, this question relates to the capa-bility of existing systems. The ability of these systems to vent the RCS of noncondensible gas must be demonstrated.     In addition the ability of these systems to meet the same requirements as the PWR vent systems must be documented. Since there are important dif-ferences among BWR's, each licensee should address the specific design features of his plant.
~ inherent capability of venting, this question relates to the capa-bility of existing systems.
: 2. In addition to reactor coolant system venting, each BWR licensee should address the ability to vent other systems such as the isola-tion condenser, which may be required to maintain adequate core cool-ing. If the production of a large amount of noncondensible gas would cause the loss of function of such a system, remote venting of that system is required. The'ualifications of such a venting system should be the same as that required for PWR venting systems.
The ability of these systems to vent the RCS of noncondensible gas must be demonstrated.
C. PWR Vent Design Considerations
In addition the ability of these systems to meet the same requirements as the PWR vent systems must be documented.
: 1. The locations for   PWR Vents are as follows:
Since there are important dif-ferences among BWR's, each licensee should address the specific design features of his plant.
: a. Each PWR licensee should provide the capability to vent the reactor vessel head.
2.
: b. The reactor vessel head vent should be capable of venting non-condensible gas from the reactor vessel hot legs (to the eleva-tion of the top of the outlet nozzle) and cold legs (through head jets and other leakage paths). Additional venting capability is required for those portions of each hot leg which cannot be vented throu'gh the reactor vessel head vent. The NRC recognizes that it is impractical to vent each of the many thousands of tubes in a U-tube steam generator. However, we believe that a procedure can be developed which assures that sufficient liquid or steam can enter the U-tube region so that decay heat can be effectively removed from the reactor coolant system. Such a procedure is required by January 1981.
In addition to reactor coolant system venting, each BWR licensee should address the ability to vent other systems such as the isola-tion condenser, which may be required to maintain adequate core cool-ing. If the production of a large amount of noncondensible gas would cause the loss of function of such a system, remote venting of that system is required.
: c. Venting of the pressurizer is required to assure its availability for system pressure and volume control. These are important considerations especially during natural circulation.
The'ualifications of such a venting system should be the same as that required for PWR venting systems.
: 2. The size of the reactor coolant vents is not a critical issue. The desired venting capability can be achieved with vents in a fairly large range of sizes. The criteria for sizing a vent can be developed in several ways. One approach, which we consider reasonable, is to specify a volume of noncondensible gas to be vented and a venting time i.e., a vent capable of venting a gas volume of 1/2 the RCS in one hour. Other criteria and engineering approaches should be con-sidered   if desired.
C.
PWR Vent Design Considerations 1.
The locations for PWR Vents are as follows:
a.
Each PWR licensee should provide the capability to vent the reactor vessel head.
b.
The reactor vessel head vent should be capable of venting non-condensible gas from the reactor vessel hot legs (to the eleva-tion of the top of the outlet nozzle) and cold legs (through head jets and other leakage paths).
Additional venting capability is required for those portions of each hot leg which cannot be vented throu'gh the reactor vessel head vent.
The NRC recognizes that it is impractical to vent each of the many thousands of tubes in a U-tube steam generator.
: However, we believe that a
procedure can be developed which assures that sufficient liquid or steam can enter the U-tube region so that decay heat can be effectively removed from the reactor coolant system.
Such a
procedure is required by January 1981.
2.
c.
Venting of the pressurizer is required to assure its availability for system pressure and volume control.
These are important considerations especially during natural circulation.
The size of the reactor coolant vents is not a critical issue.
The desired venting capability can be achieved with vents in a fairly large range of sizes.
The criteria for sizing a vent can be developed in several ways.
One approach, which we consider reasonable, is to specify a volume of noncondensible gas to be vented and a venting time i.e.,
a vent capable of venting a gas volume of 1/2 the RCS in one hour.
Other criteria and engineering approaches should be con-sidered if desired.


58 Where practical the RCS vents should be kept smaller than the size corresponding to the definition of a LOCA (10CFR50 Appendix A). This will minimize the challenges to the ECCS since the inadvertent open-
58 Where practical the RCS vents should be kept smaller than the size corresponding to the definition of a LOCA (10CFR50 Appendix A).
, ing of a vent smaller than the LOCA definition would not require ECCS actuation although it may result in leakage beyond Technical Speci-fication Limits. On PWRs the use of new or existing valves which are larger than the LOCA definition will require the addition of a block valve which can be closed remotely to terminate the LOCA resulting from the inadvertent opening of the vent.
This will minimize the challenges to the ECCS since the inadvertent open-
An indication of valve position should   be provided in the control room.
, ing of a vent smaller than the LOCA definition would not require ECCS actuation although it may result in leakage beyond Technical Speci-fication Limits.
Each vent should be remotely operable from the control room.
On PWRs the use of new or existing valves which are larger than the LOCA definition will require the addition of a block valve which can be closed remotely to terminate the LOCA resulting from the inadvertent opening of the vent.
Each vent should be seismically qualified.
An indication of valve position should be provided in the control room.
The requirements for a safety grade system is the same as the safety grade requirement on other Short Term Lessons Learned items, that is, it should have the same qualifications as were accepted for the reactor protection system when the plant was licensed. The exception to this requirement is that we do not require redundant valves at each venting location. Each vent must have its power supplied from an emergency bus. A degree of redundancy should be provided by powering different vents from different emergency buses.
Each vent should be remotely operable from the control room.
For systems where a block valve is required,   the block valve should have the same qualifications as the vent.
Each vent should be seismically qualified.
Since the RCS vent system will be part of the reactor coolant system boundary, efforts should be made to minimize the probability of an inadvertent actuation of   the system. Removing power from the vents     is one step in the direction. Other steps are also encouraged.
The requirements for a safety grade system is the same as the safety grade requirement on other Short Term Lessons Learned items, that is, it should have the same qualifications as were accepted for the reactor protection system when the plant was licensed.
Since the generation of large quantities of noncondensible gas could be associated with substantial core damage, venting to atmosphere is unacceptable because of the associated released radioactivity. Venting into containment is the only presently available alternative. Within containment those areas which provide good mixing with containment air are preferred. Xn addition, areas which provide for maximum cooling of the vented gas are preferred. Therefore the selection of a location for venting should take advantage of existing ventilation and heat removal systems.
The exception to this requirement is that we do not require redundant valves at each venting location.
The inadvertent opening of an RCS vent must be addressed.     For vents smaller than the LOCA definition, leakage detection must be sufficient to identify the leakages   For vents larger than the LOCA definition, an analysis is required to demonstrate compliance with 10CFR50.46.
Each vent must have its power supplied from an emergency bus.
A degree of redundancy should be provided by powering different vents from different emergency buses.
For systems where a block valve is required, the block valve should have the same qualifications as the vent.
Since the RCS vent system will be part of the reactor coolant system boundary, efforts should be made to minimize the probability of an inadvertent actuation of the system.
Removing power from the vents is one step in the direction.
Other steps are also encouraged.
Since the generation of large quantities of noncondensible gas could be associated with substantial core damage, venting to atmosphere is unacceptable because of the associated released radioactivity.
Venting into containment is the only presently available alternative.
Within containment those areas which provide good mixing with containment air are preferred.
Xn addition, areas which provide for maximum cooling of the vented gas are preferred.
Therefore the selection of a location for venting should take advantage of existing ventilation and heat removal systems.
The inadvertent opening of an RCS vent must be addressed.
For vents smaller than the LOCA definition, leakage detection must be sufficient to identify the leakages For vents larger than the LOCA definition, an analysis is required to demonstrate compliance with 10CFR50.46.


59 We are planning to establish a reactor coolant system high point vent system in accordance with the staff requirements by January 1, 1981. A system description and design details for the vent system (and particularly the reactor vessel head vent,) are provided.
59 We are planning to establish a reactor coolant system high point vent system in accordance with the staff requirements by January 1,
In order to meet the installation date staff approval of our system design contained in the following system description is required by March 1, 1980. Approval of the design after March 1, will probably result in an inability to meet the January 1, 1981 installation date. This is because the current goal is to install the head vent during the spring refueling outage scheduled for March, 1980. If any potential problems are identified, please inform us as soon as possible, at least by February 1, 1980.
1981.
A system description and design details for the vent system (and particularly the reactor vessel head vent,) are provided.
In order to meet the installation date staff approval of our system design contained in the following system description is required by March 1, 1980.
Approval of the design after March 1, will probably result in an inability to meet the January 1,
1981 installation date.
This is because the current goal is to install the head vent during the spring refueling outage scheduled for
: March, 1980.
If any potential problems are identified, please inform us as soon as possible, at least by February 1,
1980.


60 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM HIGH POINT VENT SYSTEM
60 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM HIGH POINT VENT SYSTEM


61
61
: 1. 0   I NTRODUCT ION The basic functions of the R.E. Ginna reactor coolant system high point vent system are as follows:
: 1. 0 INTRODUCTION The basic functions of the R.E.
To remove noncondensable   gases   from the reactor vessel and head which may impair natural circulation or emergency core cooling.
Ginna reactor coolant system high point vent system are as follows:
To remove a noncondensable   or steam bubble in the pressurizer which prevents an orderly cold shutdown.
To remove noncondensable gases from the reactor vessel and head which may impair natural circulation or emergency core cooling.
To remove noncondensable   gases   from the steam generator U-tubes which may be impairing natural     circulation.
To remove a noncondensable or steam bubble in the pressurizer which prevents an orderly cold shutdown.
SD-RGE-RVHVS                           Rev. 0                       Page 1
To remove noncondensable gases from the steam generator U-tubes which may be impairing natural circulation.
SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 1


62 2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1   REACTOR VESSEL HEAD, VENT SYSTEM   RVHVS The reactor vessel   head vent system is shown on Figure 1. The system as shown provides for venting the reactor vessel using only safety grade equipment. The active portion of the system consists of 4 one-inch solenoid operated globe valves connected to the normal vent pipe in two redundant flow paths. The isolation valves are powered by vital power supplies and are fail closed active valves in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.48. The combination of safety-grade train assignments and valve failure modes will not prevent vessel head venting nor venting isolation with any single active failure.
62 2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD,VENT SYSTEM RVHVS The reactor vessel head vent system is shown on Figure 1.
The RVHVS connects   to the existing 3/4 inch pipe used to manually vent the reactor during refilling operations. The remotely operated vent system branches off into 2 redundant flow paths whose piping and valves are supported by the seismic support platform or the lifting columns.
The system as shown provides for venting the reactor vessel using only safety grade equipment.
The active portion of the system consists of 4 one-inch solenoid operated globe valves connected to the normal vent pipe in two redundant flow paths.
The isolation valves are powered by vital power supplies and are fail closed active valves in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.48.
The combination of safety-grade train assignments and valve failure modes will not prevent vessel head venting nor venting isolation with any single active failure.
The RVHVS connects to the existing 3/4 inch pipe used to manually vent the reactor during refilling operations.
The remotely operated vent system branches off into 2 redundant flow paths whose piping and valves are supported by the seismic support platform or the lifting columns.
The individual remotely operated vent paths are orificed to a diameter of
The individual remotely operated vent paths are orificed to a diameter of
-o 25 to allow two normal positive displacement charging pumps to maintain system inventory in the event of a break or valve fai lure downstream of the orifice. These orifices form the Safety Class 1 to 2 boundary of the system. The vent system piping discharges locally into the refueling cavity; a well ventilated, open area of the containment.
-o 25 to allow two normal positive displacement charging pumps to maintain system inventory in the event of a break or valve fai lure downstream of the orifice.
Water released from the RVHVS resulting from leakage or saturated blowdown will drain to the A containment sump.     System leakage will be detected by radiation and sump volume monitoring.
These orifices form the Safety Class 1 to 2 boundary of the system.
2.2   PRESSURIZER   VENT SYSTEM The power operated   relief valves (PORV's) will be used to vent the top of the pressurizer. These valves function as a part of the automatic reactor coolant system pressure control system and can be manually controlled from the control room. The PORV's are air operated globe SD-RGE-RVHVS                         Rev. 0                       Page 2
The vent system piping discharges locally into the refueling cavity; a well ventilated, open area of the containment.
Water released from the RVHVS resulting from leakage or saturated blowdown will drain to the A containment sump.
System leakage will be detected by radiation and sump volume monitoring.
2.2 PRESSURIZER VENT SYSTEM The power operated relief valves (PORV's) will be used to vent the top of the pressurizer.
These valves function as a part of the automatic reactor coolant system pressure control system and can be manually controlled from the control room.
The PORV's are air operated globe SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 2


valves which receive power from   a vital bus. Each Ginna PORV is being replaced with a new valve which   we expect to be seismically qualified and which will have enhanced availability under extreme environmental con-ditions. A seismically qualified nitrogen supply has been installed at Ginna to ensure the operability of the valve following a design earthquake.
valves which receive power from a vital bus.
2.3   STEAM GENERATOR U-TUBE VENTING If the information available to the operator indicates a degradation of natural circulation, a reactor coolant pump(s) can be started for brief periods of time to sweep noncondensable gases from the U-tubes of the steam generators. The noncondensables can be swept into the reactor vessel head and pressurizer where the RVHVS or the PORV's can be opened if core cooling is being impaired by a noncondensable gas bubble.
Each Ginna PORV is being replaced with a new valve which we expect to be seismically qualified and which will have enhanced availability under extreme environmental con-ditions.
SD-RGE-RVHVS                         Rev. 0                       Page 3
A seismically qualified nitrogen supply has been installed at Ginna to ensure the operability of the valve following a design earthquake.
2.3 STEAM GENERATOR U-TUBE VENTING If the information available to the operator indicates a degradation of natural circulation, a reactor coolant pump(s) can be started for brief periods of time to sweep noncondensable gases from the U-tubes of the steam generators.
The noncondensables can be swept into the reactor vessel head and pressurizer where the RVHVS or the PORV's can be opened if core cooling is being impaired by a noncondensable gas bubble.
SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 3


64 3.0 SYSTEM DESIGN BASIS 3.1   REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM The RVHVS is designed to vent in excess of one half the reactor coolant system in one hour from one of two available flow paths.     The RVHVS is orificed to limit the blowdown from a break or inadvertently opened flow downstream of the orifice to within the capacity of two out of the three charging pumps at the Ginna plant. A venting period of at least 10 minutes is allowed before hydrogen concentrations reach 4percent by volume in containment.
64 3.0 SYSTEM DESIGN BASIS 3.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM The RVHVS is designed to vent in excess of one half the reactor coolant system in one hour from one of two available flow paths.
The system .is completely safety grade and meets the single failure criteria for ventinginitiation and termination. The system is operated from the control room and has no automatic interlocks.
The RVHVS is orificed to limit the blowdown from a break or inadvertently opened flow downstream of the orifice to within the capacity of two out of the three charging pumps at the Ginna plant.
The RVHVS remains   attached to the head during refueling and does not interfere with the manual venting process during vessel refill.
A venting period of at least 10 minutes is allowed before hydrogen concentrations reach 4percent by volume in containment.
3.1.2   PRESSURIZER VENTING SYSTEM The pressurizer venting system is designed to rapidly vent the pressurizer from one of two power operated relief valves.
The system.is completely safety grade and meets the single failure criteria for ventinginitiation and termination.
The PORV's   at the Ginna plant will be upgraded to improve their reliability after   seismic events and during high temperature/humidity conditions. The PORV's will be replaced with the PORV's originally designated for the Sterling site. These valves will have a new high temperature. diaphragm. In addition, the valves have seismically qualified N2 supplies. The PORV's receive power from a vital bus.
The system is operated from the control room and has no automatic interlocks.
A failure modes and effects analysis was provided in a letter fran L. D. White, Jr. to D. L. Ziemann, USNRC dated November 19, 1979.
The RVHVS remains attached to the head during refueling and does not interfere with the manual venting process during vessel refill.
SD-RGE-RVHVS                         Rev. 0                       Page 4
3.1.2 PRESSURIZER VENTING SYSTEM The pressurizer venting system is designed to rapidly vent the pressurizer from one of two power operated relief valves.
The PORV's at the Ginna plant will be upgraded to improve their reliability after seismic events and during high temperature/humidity conditions.
The PORV's will be replaced with the PORV's originally designated for the Sterling site.
These valves will have a new high temperature. diaphragm.
In addition, the valves have seismically qualified N2 supplies.
The PORV's receive power from a vital bus.
A failure modes and effects analysis was provided in a letter fran L.
D. White, Jr. to D. L. Ziemann, USNRC dated November 19, 1979.
SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 4


65 4.0 ELECTRICAL P01JER SUPPLIES The power   operated relief valves are powered frcm a vital bus. The PORV block valves are normally open fail-as-is motor operated valves. Each valve is powered by a separate vital bus. In the event that a previously opened.PORV fails to close on demand, the corresponding block valve can be closed.
65 4.0 ELECTRICAL P01JER SUPPLIES The power operated relief valves are powered frcm a vital bus.
The reactor vessel head vent valves are powered by the vital busses.
The PORV block valves are normally open fail-as-is motor operated valves.
Each valve is powered by a separate vital bus.
In the event that a previously opened.PORV fails to close on demand, the corresponding block valve can be closed.
The reactor vessel head vent valves are powered by the vital busses.
The head vent valves in series are powered from the same vital bus.
The head vent valves in series are powered from the same vital bus.
This method of powering valves in conjunction with the fail closed design allows the RVHVS to meet the single failure criteria.
This method of powering valves in conjunction with the fail closed design allows the RVHVS to meet the single failure criteria.
Each RVHVS   flow path consists of two normally closed, normally de-ener-gized valves. The two series valve arrangements eliminate the possi-bility of a spuriously opened flow path due to the spurious movement of one valve. As such, main control board power lockout of the valves is not necessary.
Each RVHVS flow path consists of two normally closed, normally de-ener-gized valves.
SD-RGE-RVHVS                         Rev. 0                       Page 5
The two series valve arrangements eliminate the possi-bility of a spuriously opened flow path due to the spurious movement of one valve.
As such, main control board power lockout of the valves is not necessary.
SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 5


66 5.0 THERMAL INSULATION The RVHVS piping is insulated up to the second isolation valves to minimize heat losses from the system.
66 5.0 THERMAL INSULATION The RVHVS piping is insulated up to the second isolation valves to minimize heat losses from the system.
SD-RGE-RVHVS                       Rev. 0                       Page 6
SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 6


67 6.0 E UIPMENT PARAMETERS 6.1   REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT Valves Solenoid Operated Globe Valves Cv = 2.0 1" Sch. 160S connections Active valve per R.G. 1.48 Operating design pressure 2500 psig 0
67 6.0 E UIPMENT PARAMETERS 6.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT Valves Solenoid Operated Globe Valves Cv = 2.0 1" Sch.
Design temperature 680 F Design humidity 100/
160S connections Active valve per R.G. 1.48 Operating design pressure 2500 psig Design temperature 680 F
Radiation environment - 10 8 rads y post accident Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1974, Class 2 Fail closed Red/Green MCB status lights (Reed switches)
0 Design humidity 100/
~Pi in Existing vent pipe-3/4" Sch. 80S Code compliance - ANSI B31.1 New piping 3/4" and 1" Sch. 160S Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1977, Class 1 and 2 Pi in   Su   orts and Su ort Structures Code   compliance - ASME, Section   III, 1977, Subsection NF for new supports and structures SD-RGE-RVHVS                             Rev. 0                       Page 7
Radiation environment - 10 rads y post accident 8
Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1974, Class 2
Fail closed Red/Green MCB status lights (Reed switches)
~Pi in Existing vent pipe-3/4" Sch.
80S Code compliance - ANSI B31.1 New piping 3/4" and 1" Sch.
160S Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1977, Class 1 and 2
Pi in Su orts and Su ort Structures Code compliance - ASME, Section III, 1977, Subsection NF for new supports and structures SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.
0 Page 7


68 I
I 6.2 PRESSURIZER VENT 68 Valves Power operated relief valves Air operator Cv=50 Design temperatu're - 680 F
6.2   PRESSURIZER     VENT Valves Power operated     relief valves Air operator Cv=50 Design temperatu're     - 680 F Design pressure     - 2485 psig Design   humidity -   lOOX Fail closed Code compliance     - ASME,   Secton   III, Subsection NB Radiation environment - 50R/hr         Gamma PORV   Block Valve Motor operator L/D = 13 Design temperature       - 680 "
Design pressure
Design pressure     - 2<"5 Psig Design   humidity -   100&#xc3; Fail   AS IS Code compliance     - ASME,   Section   VIII
- 2485 psig Design humidity - lOOX Fail closed Code compliance - ASME, Secton III, Subsection NB Radiation environment - 50R/hr Gamma PORV Block Valve Motor operator L/D = 13 Design temperature
  ~Pi in Upstream of PORV 3" and 4" Sch. 160S Code Compliance     - ANSI B31.1 Downstream     of PORV 3" and 8" Sch. 40S Non Nuclear Safety Pi in   Su   orts   and Su   ort Structures PORV   Upstream Piping     is supported in accordance with     ASME, Section III, Subsection     NF SD-RGE-RV8VS                               Rev. 0                         Page 8
- 680 "
Design pressure
- 2<"5 Psig Design humidity - 100&#xc3; Fail AS IS Code compliance - ASME, Section VIII
~Pi in Upstream of PORV 3" and 4" Sch.
160S Code Compliance - ANSI B31.1 Downstream of PORV 3" and 8" Sch.
40S Non Nuclear Safety Pi in Su orts and Su ort Structures PORV Upstream Piping is supported in accordance with ASME, Section III, Subsection NF SD-RGE-RV8VS Rev.
0 Page 8


S ~
LOCAL VENT S ~
LOCAL                        '
LOCAL VENT HV-I
LOCAL VENT                            VENT HV- I
'-IS78R A" ~
                                    '-IS78R A" ~                                   HV-3 I-IS78R
HV-3 I-IS78R 3/4-RC-250IR HV-2 I. IS78R I X 3/4
                                                                                                      ~ ~
, HV-4 I-IS78R I X 3/4
HV-2                                                HV-4 3/4-RC-250IR                 I. IS78R                                          ,        .
~ ~
I-IS78R I X   3/4                           I X 3/4 I R:; h.
'/4-RC-250 IR:; h.
                                                                                                          '/4-RC-250
'00 3/4-T58 NOTE I v
                                                                                                                '00 3/4-T58 v   AA NOTE I REACTOR VESSEL HEAD
AA REACTOR VESSEL HEAD v,'
                                                                                                                                  ~~ ~
~
v,'  ~
~ ~
                                                                                                                      . IIOTES:
~
I, Y4..INCH     FLOW RESTRICTION ALLOWS TRANSIT ION FIKN ANSI SAFETY CLASS       I TO 2
. IIOTES:
                                                                                                                                                                                    /%
I, Y4..INCH FLOW RESTRICTION ALLOWS TRANSIT ION FIKN ANSI SAFETY CLASS I
DATE                   D-TF. e           . I PRELIMINARY              APPROVED FOR      hP>>   ~ LD F.~
TO 2
INFO. ONLY                  LAYOUT        CO'v ' JETJ 'v FIGURE DRAWING 5 IATIIS
/%
                                                                                              ~
FIGURE DATE PRELIMINARY INFO. ONLY D-TF.
                                                                                                        "'" J               ROBINSON           7     hrestlnghouse Electric             Corpor'zn     ~. l fvVCLCAR (h(RGf SJSNRS tf.'.f G vv vv R                                                                          fa h
APPROVED FOR LAYOUT e
Of S SRG ROBERT E. GINN>> 'IJ LEAR S.-'TI~'I
. I hP>>
                                ~~
~ LD F.~
                                                            ~ v J''1                          f';):
CO'v JETJ
                                                        ~
'v
                                                                ~
~ ~
vrfG SRG
J''1 I
                                                                                                        ~ vILS        Svv(
~ v f';
ROCHESTER GAS AND ELECTRIC REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM f                  AfR 1  f  ~ ( ('
~ ): ~
AAA AAI SG ASS                    K54C.<3.3.;
1 f
I                                                                                                                O vvlhSASvvS vvv vhGe (S OffG          SOAV
~ (
                                                                                                                                      ~,
('
f
~
"'"J ROBINSON G vvvvR OfS SRG vrfG SRG
~vILS Svv(
AfR AAA AAI OffG SOAV
~,
7 SG ASS O vvlhSASvvS vvv vhGe (S K54C.<3.3.;
DRAWING 5 IATIIS hrestlnghouse Electric Corpor'zn ~. l fvVCLCAR (h(RGf SJSNRS tf.'.f h fa ROBERT E. GINN>> 'IJ LEAR S.-'TI~'I ROCHESTER GAS AND ELECTRIC REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM


70 Section   2.2.l.a       SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES POSITIONS
70 Section 2.2.l.a SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES POSITIONS 1.
: 1. The highest level of corporate management of each licensee shall issue and periodically reissue a management directive that emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Shift Supervisor for safe opera-tion of the plant under all conditions on his shift and that clearly establishes his   command duties.
The highest level of corporate management of each licensee shall issue and periodically reissue a management directive that emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Shift Supervisor for safe opera-tion of the plant under all conditions on his shift and that clearly establishes his command duties.
: 2. Plant procedures shall be reviewed to assure that the duties, responsi-bilities, and authority of the Shift Supervisor and control room operators are properly defined to effect the establishment of a definite line of command and clear delineation of the command decision authority of the shift supervisor in the control room relative to other plant management personnel. Particular emphasis shall be placed on the following:
2.
: a. The responsibility and authority of the Shift Supervisor shall be to maintain the broadest perspective of operational conditions affecting the safety of the plant as a matter of highest priority at all times when on duty in the control room. The idea shall be reinforced that the Shift Supervisor should not become totally involved in any single operation in times of emergency when multiple operations are required in the control room.
Plant procedures shall be reviewed to assure that the duties, responsi-bilities, and authority of the Shift Supervisor and control room operators are properly defined to effect the establishment of a definite line of command and clear delineation of the command decision authority of the shift supervisor in the control room relative to other plant management personnel.
: b. The Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved, shall remain in the control   room at all times during accident situations to direct the activities of control room operators. Persons authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor shall be specified.
Particular emphasis shall be placed on the following:
C. If the Shift Supervisor is temporarily absent from the control room during routine operations, a lead control room operator shall be designated to assume the control room command function. These temporary duties, responsibilities, and authority shall be clearly specified.
a.
: 3. Training programs for Shift Supervisors shall emphasize and reinforce the responsibility for safe operation and the management function the shift supervisor is to provide for assuring safety.
The responsibility and authority of the Shift Supervisor shall be to maintain the broadest perspective of operational conditions affecting the safety of the plant as a matter of highest priority at all times when on duty in the control room.
: 4. The administrative duties of the Shift Supervisor shall be 'reviewed by the senior   officer of each utility responsiblie for plant operations.
The idea shall be reinforced that the Shift Supervisor should not become totally involved in any single operation in times of emergency when multiple operations are required in the control room.
b.
The Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved, shall remain in the control room at all times during accident situations to direct the activities of control room operators.
Persons authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor shall be specified.
C.
If the Shift Supervisor is temporarily absent from the control room during routine operations, a lead control room operator shall be designated to assume the control room command function.
These temporary duties, responsibilities, and authority shall be clearly specified.
3.
Training programs for Shift Supervisors shall emphasize and reinforce the responsibility for safe operation and the management function the shift supervisor is to provide for assuring safety.
4.
The administrative duties of the Shift Supervisor shall be 'reviewed by the senior officer of each utility responsiblie for plant operations.
Administrative functions that detract from or are subordinate to the management responsibility for assuring the safe operation of the plant shall be delegated to other operations personnel not on duty in the control room.
Administrative functions that detract from or are subordinate to the management responsibility for assuring the safe operation of the plant shall be delegated to other operations personnel not on duty in the control room.
CLARIFICATION The attachment   provides   clarification to the above position.
CLARIFICATION The attachment provides clarification to the above position.


71 Attachment Section 2.2.1.A - SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY NUREG"0578 POSITION   POSITION NO.                     CLARIFICATION Highest Level of Corporate 1Ianagement (1.)       V. P. For Operations Periodically Reissue (1.)                         Annual Reinforcement    of Company  Policy Nanagement Direction (1.)                         Formal Documentation     of Shift Personnel, All Plant Nanagement,   Copy to IE Region Properly Defined (2.0)                              'Defined in Writing in     a Plant Procedure Until Properly Relieved (2.B)                         Formal Transfer   of Authority, Valid   SRO License, Recorded in Plant Log Temporarily Absent (2.C)                              Any Absence Control  Room Defined (2 AC)                          Includes Shift Supervisor Office Adjacent to the Control Room Designated (2.C)                                     In Administrative Procedures Clearly Specified                                     Defined in Administra-tive Procedures SRO Training                                          Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft) Section 5.2.1.8 Administrative Duties (4.)                            Not Affecting Plant Safety Administrative Duties Reviewed (4.)                  On Same Interval as Reinforcement:     i.e.,
71 Attachment Section 2.2.1.A - SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY NUREG"0578 POSITION POSITION NO.
CLARIFICATION Highest Level of Corporate 1Ianagement (1.)
Periodically Reissue (1.)
Nanagement Direction (1.)
Properly Defined (2.0)
V. P. For Operations Annual Reinforcement of Company Policy Formal Documentation of Shift Personnel, All Plant Nanagement, Copy to IE Region
'Defined in Writing in a Plant Procedure Until Properly Relieved (2.B)
Temporarily Absent (2.C)
Control Room Defined (2 AC)
Formal Transfer of Authority, Valid SRO
: License, Recorded in Plant Log Any Absence Includes Shift Supervisor Office Adjacent to the Control Room Designated (2.C)
In Administrative Procedures Clearly Specified SRO Training Administrative Duties (4.)
Administrative Duties Reviewed (4.)
Defined in Administra-tive Procedures Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft) Section 5.2.1.8 Not Affecting Plant Safety On Same Interval as Reinforcement:
i.e.,
Annual by V.P. for Operations
Annual by V.P. for Operations


72 RGSE Res onses POSITION 1:
72 RGSE Res onses POSITION 1:
The Vice President of Electric and Steam Production has issued, and plans to annually re-issue a directive to Ginna Station personnel which emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor for safe operation of the plant under all conditions and which clearly establishes his command duties. A copy has been sent, to the USNRC Office of Inspection and Enforcement Region I Office.
The Vice President of Electric and Steam Production has issued, and plans to annually re-issue a directive to Ginna Station personnel which emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor for safe operation of the plant under all conditions and which clearly establishes his command duties.
A copy has been sent, to the USNRC Office of Inspection and Enforcement Region I Office.
POSITION 2:
POSITION 2:
Plant procedures have been reviewed to ascertain the extent of which duties, responsibilities and authority of the Ginna Station Shift, Supervisor and Control Room Operators are defined. A definite line of command and clear delineation of command decision authority of the Shift Supervisor is provided in procedure A-52.1, Shift Organization and Responsibility in its section on Control Room Operations.
Plant procedures have been reviewed to ascertain the extent of which duties, responsibilities and authority of the Ginna Station Shift, Supervisor and Control Room Operators are defined.
This is reinforced in the specific     listing of duties in procedure A-201 Ginna   Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsi-bilities. Regarding the additional particular emphasis required, the following information is provided:
A definite line of command and clear delineation of command decision authority of the Shift Supervisor is provided in procedure A-52.1, Shift Organization and Responsibility in its section on Control Room Operations.
a ~   Procedure A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibility has been revised to explicitly address the need for a broad perspective and avoidance of total involvement in any single operation.
This is reinforced in the specific listing of duties in procedure A-201 Ginna Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsi-bilities.
: b. Procedure A-52.1 also specifies that during accident condi-tions the Shift Supervisor shall remain in the Control Room until properly relieved. Those authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor are specified.
Regarding the additional particular emphasis
: c. The above procedure also provides clear indication of the control room command function of the Head Control Operator during temporary absence of the Shift Supervisor.
: required, the following information is provided:
a
~
Procedure A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibility has been revised to explicitly address the need for a broad perspective and avoidance of total involvement in any single operation.
b.
Procedure A-52.1 also specifies that during accident condi-tions the Shift Supervisor shall remain in the Control Room until properly relieved.
Those authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor are specified.
c.
The above procedure also provides clear indication of the control room command function of the Head Control Operator during temporary absence of the Shift Supervisor.
POSITION 3:
POSITION 3:
A management   directive has been issued to the Shift Supervisors which emphasizes and reinforces their responsibility for safe operation under all conditions and their management function.
A management directive has been issued to the Shift Supervisors which emphasizes and reinforces their responsibility for safe operation under all conditions and their management function. It addresses the need for a broad perspective in operational condi-tions affecting plant safety and establishes their command duties.
addresses the need for a broad perspective in operational condi-It tions affecting plant safety     and establishes their command duties.
This directive will be reissued on an annual basis.
This directive   will be reissued on an annual basis.
POSITION 4:
POSITION 4:
Duties of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor have been reviewed by the Vice President, Electric and Steam Production in his
Duties of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor have been reviewed by the Vice President, Electric and Steam Production in his


73 review of each PositionAnalysis for the job classifications in
73
                  ~ ~        ~
~
his department. The administrative. duties performed by the Shift
~
              ~
~
                                        ~
~
Supervisor have been recently reviewed and it, was determined that all duties were related to safe operation of the plant.
~
review of each PositionAnalysis for the job classifications in his department.
The administrative. duties performed by the Shift Supervisor have been recently reviewed and it, was determined that all duties were related to safe operation of the plant.


Section     2.2.l.b     SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR POSITION Each licensee shall provide an on-shift technical advisor to the shift super-visor. The shift technical advisor may serve more than one unit at a multi-unit site if qualified to perform the advisor function for the various units.
Section 2.2.l.b SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR POSITION Each licensee shall provide an on-shift technical advisor to the shift super-visor.
The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a bachelor's degree or equivalent in a scientific or engineering discipline and have received specific training in the response and analysis of the plant for transients and accidents. The shift technical advisor shall also receive training in plant design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room. The licensee shall assign normal duties to the shift technical advisors that pertain to the engineering aspects of assuring safe operations of the plant, including the review and evaluation of operating experience.
The shift technical advisor may serve more than one unit at a multi-unit site if qualified to perform the advisor function for the various units.
DISCUSSION The NRC Lessons Learned Task Force has recommended the use of Shift Technical Advisors (STA) as a method of immediately improving the plant operation staff's capabilities for response to off-normal conditions and for evaluating operating experience In defining the characteristics of the     STA, we have used the two essential functions to be provided by the     STA. These are accident assessment and operat-ing experience assement.
The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a bachelor's degree or equivalent in a scientific or engineering discipline and have received specific training in the response and analysis of the plant for transients and accidents.
Accident Assessment The STA   serving the accident assessment function must be dedicated to con-cern for the safety of the plant. The STA's duties will be to diagnose off-normal events and advise the shift supervisor. The duties of the STA should not include the manipulation of controls or supervision of operators. The STA must be available, in the control room, within 10 minutes of being sum-moned.
The shift technical advisor shall also receive training in plant design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.
The qualifications of the STA should include college level education in engineering and science subjects as well as training in reactor operations both normal and off-normal. Details regarding these qualifications are provided in paragraphs A.l, 2 and 3 of Enclosure 2 to our September 13, 1979 letter. In addition, the STA serving the accident assessment function must be cognizant of the evaluations performed as part of the operating experience assessment function.
The licensee shall assign normal duties to the shift technical advisors that pertain to the engineering aspects of assuring safe operations of the plant, including the review and evaluation of operating experience.
: 2. 0 eratin   E   erience Assessment The persons   serving the operating experience assessment function must be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant. Their function will be to evaluate plant operations from a safety point of view and should in-clude such assignments as listed on pages A-50 and A-51 of NUREG-0578.
DISCUSSION The NRC Lessons Learned Task Force has recommended the use of Shift Technical Advisors (STA) as a method of immediately improving the plant operation staff's capabilities for response to off-normal conditions and for evaluating operating experience In defining the characteristics of the STA, we have used the two essential functions to be provided by the STA.
Their qualifications are identical to those described previously under accident assessment and collectively this group should provide competence in all technical areas important to safety. It is desirable that this function be performed by onsite personnel.
These are accident assessment and operat-ing experience assement.
Accident Assessment The STA serving the accident assessment function must be dedicated to con-cern for the safety of the plant.
The STA's duties will be to diagnose off-normal events and advise the shift supervisor.
The duties of the STA should not include the manipulation of controls or supervision of operators.
The STA must be available, in the control room, within 10 minutes of being sum-moned.
The qualifications of the STA should include college level education in engineering and science subjects as well as training in reactor operations both normal and off-normal.
Details regarding these qualifications are provided in paragraphs A.l, 2 and 3 of Enclosure 2 to our {{letter dated|date=September 13, 1979|text=September 13, 1979 letter}}.
In addition, the STA serving the accident assessment function must be cognizant of the evaluations performed as part of the operating experience assessment function.
2.
0 eratin E
erience Assessment The persons serving the operating experience assessment function must be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant.
Their function will be to evaluate plant operations from a safety point of view and should in-clude such assignments as listed on pages A-50 and A-51 of NUREG-0578.
Their qualifications are identical to those described previously under accident assessment and collectively this group should provide competence in all technical areas important to safety.
It is desirable that this function be performed by onsite personnel.


  ~,
~,
t~
t~


75 CLARIFICATION Due to the similarity in the requirements for dedication to safety, training   and onsite location and the desire that the accident assessment function be performed by someone whose normal duties involve review of operating experiences, our preferred position is that the same people perform the accident and operating experience assessment functions. The performance of these two functions may be split   if it can be demonstrated the persons assigned the accident assessment role are aware, on a current basis, of the work being done by those reviewing operating experience.
75 CLARIFICATION Due to the similarity in the requirements for dedication to safety, training and onsite location and the desire that the accident assessment function be performed by someone whose normal duties involve review of operating experiences, our preferred position is that the same people perform the accident and operating experience assessment functions.
: 2. To provide assurance that the STA will be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant, our position has been that STA's must have a clear measure of independence from duties associated with the commercial opera-tion of the plant. This would minimize possible distractions from safety judgments by the demands of commercial operations'e have determined that, while 'desirable, independence from the operations staff of the plant is not necessary to provide this assurance.     It is necessary, however, to clearly emphasize the dedication to safety associated with the STA position both in the STA job description and in the personnel filling this position. It is not acceptable to assign a person, who is normally the immediate supervisor of the shift supervisor to STA duties as defined herein.
The performance of these two functions may be split if it can be demonstrated the persons assigned the accident assessment role are aware, on a current
It is our position that the STA should be available within 10 minutes of being summoned and therefore should be onsite. The onsite STA may be in a duty status for periods of time longer than one shift, and therefore asleep at some times,   if the ten minute availability is assured.
: basis, of the work being done by those reviewing operating experience.
preferable to locate those doing the operating experience assessment on-It is site. The desired exposure to the operating plant and contact with the STA (if these functions are to be'plit) may be able to be accomplished by a group, normally stationed offsite, with frequent onsite presence.
2.
To provide assurance that the STA will be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant, our position has been that STA's must have a clear measure of independence from duties associated with the commercial opera-tion of the plant.
This would minimize possible distractions from safety judgments by the demands of commercial operations'e have determined that, while 'desirable, independence from the operations staff of the plant is not necessary to provide this assurance.
It is necessary, however, to clearly emphasize the dedication to safety associated with the STA position both in the STA job description and in the personnel fillingthis position. It is not acceptable to assign a person, who is normally the immediate supervisor of the shift supervisor to STA duties as defined herein.
It is our position that the STA should be available within 10 minutes of being summoned and therefore should be onsite.
The onsite STA may be in a duty status for periods of time longer than one shift, and therefore asleep at some times, if the ten minute availability is assured.
It is preferable to locate those doing the operating experience assessment on-site.
The desired exposure to the operating plant and contact with the STA (if these functions are to be'plit) may be able to be accomplished by a group, normally stationed offsite, with frequent onsite presence.
We do not intend, at this time, to specify or advocate a minimum time on-site.
We do not intend, at this time, to specify or advocate a minimum time on-site.
The implementation schedule for the STA requirements is     to have the STA on duty by January 1, 1980, and to have STAs, who have     all completed training requirements,   on duty by January 1, 1981. While minimum training requirements have not been specified for January 1, 1980, the STAs on duty by that time should enhance the accident and operating experience assessment function at the plant.
The implementation schedule for the STA requirements is to have the STA on duty by January 1,
RGS(E   Res onse The   present shift operation organization, augmented by an additional licensed individual in the Control Room and further augmented by on-call Duty Engineers holding NRC Senior Reactor Operator Licenses and an expanded training program, represents a suitable alternative for accomplishing the objectives of the NRC Task Force position for a Shift Technical Advisor.
: 1980, and to have
: STAs, who have all completed training requirements, on duty by January 1,
1981.
While minimum training requirements have not been specified for January 1,
: 1980, the STAs on duty by that time should enhance the accident and operating experience assessment function at the plant.
RGS(E Res onse The present shift operation organization, augmented by an additional licensed individual in the Control Room and further augmented by on-call Duty Engineers holding NRC Senior Reactor Operator Licenses and an expanded training program, represents a suitable alternative for accomplishing the objectives of the NRC Task Force position for a Shift Technical Advisor.


76 The Ginna Station   Operation Department consists of five shifts with a minimum of   five operators per shift, two of whom hold Senior Reactor Operator Licenses. The Shift Foremen have maintained their licenses since before January 1970 and have a broad knowledge of plant design and operation.
76 The Ginna Station Operation Department consists of five shifts with a minimum of five operators per shift, two of whom hold Senior Reactor Operator Licenses.
The present'shift complements are normally comprised of a Shift Foreman (SRO), Head Control Room Operator (SRO), Control Room Operator (RO) and 3 Auxiliary operators (some with RO licenses).
The Shift Foremen have maintained their licenses since before January 1970 and have a broad knowledge of plant design and operation.
To meet the requirements of Safet Monitorin Function one addi-tional licensed individual wall be assigned to the control room when the reactor is     critical and will be designated as Shift Technical Advisor. Thus the number of licensed individuals normally in the Control Room will be increased to 3. During the course of a reactor transient this additional licensed individual will be in the control room and will ~onl be functioning in the Technical Advisory capacity to the Shz.ft Supervisor. The Shift Technical Advisor will administratively report to the Technical Assistant   - Operational Experience and Assessment Engineer.
The present'shift complements are normally comprised of a Shift Foreman (SRO),
The concept   of an on-call Duty Engineer has been in existence since our commercial operation in 1970.'he individuals on-call are plant staff engineers and possess an NRC Senior Reactor Operators License. We have purchased and assigned a 4 wheel drive vehicle with two way radio communication to the on-call duty engineer.
Head Control Room Operator (SRO), Control Room Operator (RO) and 3 Auxiliary operators (some with RO licenses).
Administrative procedure A-201 "Ginna Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsibilities" has been revised to include the responsiblities of the Shift Technical Advisor and the responsi-bilities of the Technical Assistant - Operational Experience Assessment   Engineer.
To meet the requirements of Safet Monitorin Function one addi-tional licensed individual wall be assigned to the control room when the reactor is critical and will be designated as Shift Technical Advisor.
The Training Program to augment the technical education of the assigned   Shift Technical Advisors for the safety monitoring function in the Control Room will be as follows.
Thus the number of licensed individuals normally in the Control Room will be increased to 3.
Rochester   Institute of   Technology, College   of Continuing Education will be providing the technical     education required. This educa-tional program will commence on     January 8, 1980. Classes will be held in the morning and evening, two days per week, (forty-four weeks per year), with the same material presented during both classes of the same day to allow the necessary flexibility for shift personnel attendance. Classes will be held at the Brookwood (Ginna) Information and Science Center.
During the course of a reactor transient this additional licensed individual will be in the control room and will ~onl be functioning in the Technical Advisory capacity to the Shz.ft Supervisor.
The Shift Technical Advisor will administratively report to the Technical Assistant - Operational Experience and Assessment Engineer.
The concept of an on-call Duty Engineer has been in existence since our commercial operation in 1970.'he individuals on-call are plant staff engineers and possess an NRC Senior Reactor Operators License.
We have purchased and assigned a 4 wheel drive vehicle with two way radio communication to the on-call duty engineer.
Administrative procedure A-201 "Ginna Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsibilities" has been revised to include the responsiblities of the Shift Technical Advisor and the responsi-bilities of the Technical Assistant - Operational Experience Assessment Engineer.
The Training Program to augment the technical education of the assigned Shift Technical Advisors for the safety monitoring function in the Control Room will be as follows.
Rochester Institute of Technology, College of Continuing Education will be providing the technical education required.
This educa-tional program will commence on January 8,
1980.
Classes will be held in the morning and evening, two days per week, (forty-four weeks per year), with the same material presented during both classes of the same day to allow the necessary flexibilityfor shift personnel attendance.
Classes will be held at the Brookwood (Ginna) Information and Science Center.
Table 2.2.l.b indicates the curriculum for the first three years.
Table 2.2.l.b indicates the curriculum for the first three years.
Besides providing the Shift Technical Advisor with the areas of knowledge suggested by the NRC, this program will allow par-ticipants to gain an AAS degree in an engineering discipline in approximately four years and a Bachelor degree in an engineering discipline in an additional two years.
Besides providing the Shift Technical Advisor with the areas of knowledge suggested by the NRC, this program will allow par-ticipants to gain an AAS degree in an engineering discipline in approximately four years and a Bachelor degree in an engineering discipline in an additional two years.


77 Although we are not completing the program in 1 year, it is a major commitment to provide a quality program. We have 10 years of operating experience with a total of 164 man-years of licensed operator experience. This safe operation experience and an expanded training program provides a high level of confidence-that the operating staff will perform safely and properly under accident conditions.
77 Although we are not completing the program in 1 year, it is a
major commitment to provide a quality program.
We have 10 years of operating experience with a total of 164 man-years of licensed operator experience.
This safe operation experience and an expanded training program provides a high level of confidence-that the operating staff will perform safely and properly under accident conditions.


Table 2.2,1 Year I First Quarter              Second Quarter            Third Quarter            Fourth Quarter Technical Mathematics     Technical Mathematics      Introduction to Solution. Solution of Engineering (CTAN 201)                 (CTAH 202)                of Fngineering Problems  Problems  I Elements of  Electricity  Elements of Electricity   (CTEH 420)                (CTEM 421) and Electronics           and  Electronics          Elements  of Electricity Physics (CTIL 201)                 (CTIL 202)                 and Electronics         (CTCP 301)
Table 2.2,1 Year I First Quarter Technical Mathematics (CTAN 201)
Lab (CTIL 206)             Lab (CTIL 207)             (CTIL 203)              Lab (CTCP 306)
Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 201)
Lab (CTIL 206)
Second Quarter Technical Mathematics (CTAH 202)
Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 202)
Lab (CTIL 207)
Third Quarter Introduction to Solution.
of Fngineering Problems (CTEH 420)
Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 203)
Lab (CTIL 208)
Lab (CTIL 208)
Year  II First Quarter              Second  Quarter            Third Quarter            Fourth Quarter Solution of Engineering Problems II Haterials Technology I     Haterials Technology  II Thermodynamics  and (CTEN 414)                 (CTEM  415)               Heat Transfer (CTEH 422)                 Physics                    Digital Systems          (CTEH 441) physics                    (CTCP 303)                 (CTIE 321)               Analog Systems (CTCP 302)                 Lab (CTCP 308)                                       (CTIE 322)
Fourth Quarter Solution of Engineering Problems I (CTEM 421)
Lab  (CTCP 307)
Physics (CTCP 301)
Year  III First Quarter             Second Quarter              Third Quarter            Fourth Quarter Electromechanical          Electromechanical         Electromechanical        Pneumatic and Devices and Systems      Devices and Systems        Devices and Systems      Hydraulic Systems (CTIL 351)                 (CTIL 352)                 (CTIL 353)               (CTIL 303)
Lab (CTCP 306)
Mechanics of Fluids      Reactor Physics*            Reactor Thermodynamics*  Reactor Control*
Year II First Quarter Solution of Engineering Problems II (CTEH 422) physics (CTCP 302)
(CTEM 461)
Lab (CTCP 307)
Year III Second Quarter Haterials Technology I (CTEN 414)
Physics (CTCP 303)
Lab (CTCP 308)
Third Quarter Haterials Technology II (CTEM 415)
Digital Systems (CTIE 321)
Fourth Quarter Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (CTEH 441)
Analog Systems (CTIE 322)
First Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 351)
Mechanics of Fluids (CTEM 461)
Second Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 352)
Reactor Physics*
Third Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 353)
Reactor Thermodynamics*
Fourth Quarter Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (CTIL 303)
Reactor Control*
*Accreditation not yet granted
*Accreditation not yet granted


79 Section     2.2.l.c -
79 Section 2.2.l.c - SHIFT AND RELIEF TURNOVER PROCEDURES
              ~  ~  ~      SHIFT AND RELIEF TURNOVER PROCEDURES POSITION The licensee shall review and revise as necessary the plant procedure for shift   and relief turnover to assure the following:
~
A   checklist shall     be provided for the oncoming and offgoing control room   operators and the oncoming shift supervisor to complete and sign. The following items, as a minimum, shall be included in the checklist:
~
: a. Assurance that critical plant parameters     are within allowable limits (parameters and allowable limits     shall be listed on the checklist)   .
~
: b.     Assurance of the     availability and proper alignment of all systems essential     to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents by a check of the control console (what to check and criteria for acceptance status shall be included on the checklist).
POSITION The licensee shall review and revise as necessary the plant procedure for shift and relief turnover to assure the following:
C. Identification of     systems and components that are in a degraded mode   of operation permitted by the Technical Specifications.
A checklist shall be provided for the oncoming and offgoing control room operators and the oncoming shift supervisor to complete and sign.
The following items, as a minimum, shall be included in the checklist:
a.
Assurance that critical plant parameters are within allowable limits (parameters and allowable limits shall be listed on the checklist).
b.
Assurance of the availability and proper alignment of all systems essential to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents by a check of the control console (what to check and criteria for acceptance status shall be included on the checklist).
C.
Identification of systems and components that are in a degraded mode of operation permitted by the Technical Specifications.
For such systems and components, the length of time in the degraded mode shall be compared with the Technical Specifi-cations action statement (this shall be recorded as a separate entry on the checklist).
For such systems and components, the length of time in the degraded mode shall be compared with the Technical Specifi-cations action statement (this shall be recorded as a separate entry on the checklist).
: 2. Checklist or logs shall be provided for completion by the offgoing and oncoming auxiliary operators and technicians.       Such checklists or logs shall include any equipment under maintenance or test that by themselves could degrade a system critical to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents or initiate operational transients (what to check and criteria for acceptable status will be included on the checklist.)
2.
: 3. A   system     shall be established to evaluate the effectiveness of the   shift and   relief     turnover procedures (for example, periodic independent verification of system alignments).
Checklist or logs shall be provided for completion by the offgoing and oncoming auxiliary operators and technicians.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
Such checklists or logs shall include any equipment under maintenance or test that by themselves could degrade a system critical to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents or initiate operational transients (what to check and criteria for acceptable status will be included on the checklist.)
RG&E Res       onses POSITION 1:
3.
Procedure A-52.1           Shift Organization and Responsibility was revised so as     to establish a new separate procedure for Shift Relief Turn-                 .
A system shall be established to evaluate the effectiveness of the shift and relief turnover procedures (for example, periodic independent verification of system alignments).
over to formalize the transfer of operational information between shifts. It calls for review by the oncoming and offgoing Control Room Operators and the oncoming and offgoing Shift Supervisor as attested to by their signature.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
RG&E Res onses POSITION 1:
Procedure A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibility was revised so as to establish a new separate procedure for Shift Relief Turn-over to formalize the transfer of operational information between shifts. It calls for review by the oncoming and offgoing Control Room Operators and the oncoming and offgoing Shift Supervisor as attested to by their signature.


't   parameters 80 specifies review of a checklist of critical plant which include alarm. values and Plant Technical Specification limits, with direction to document any value not in the allowable range for the current operating mode.
80
: b. It also requires documentation of checking the availability and proper alignment of all systems essential to the preven-tion and mitigation of operational transients and accidents, by use of procedure 0-6.2, Main Control Board Status. It in-cludes the criteria for acceptance status. This procedure is completed each shift and requires documentation of any system not in its prescribed configuration.
't specifies review of a checklist of critical plant parameters which include alarm. values and Plant Technical Specification limits, with direction to document any value not in the allowable range for the current operating mode.
C. It specifies review of systems and components that are in a degraded mode of operation permitted by Technical Specifica-tions, as reported in accordance with procedures A-52.4, Control of Limiting Conditions for Operating Equipment, and A-52.5, Control of Limiting Conditions for System Specifica-tions. The length of time in a degraded mode is identified in these reports:
b.
It also requires documentation of checking the availability and proper alignment of all systems essential to the preven-tion and mitigation of operational transients and accidents, by use of procedure 0-6.2, Main Control Board Status.
It in-cludes the criteria for acceptance status.
This procedure is completed each shift and requires documentation of any system not in its prescribed configuration.
C.
It specifies review of systems and components that are in a degraded mode of operation permitted by Technical Specifica-
: tions, as reported in accordance with procedures A-52.4, Control of Limiting Conditions for Operating Equipment, and A-52.5, Control of Limiting Conditions for System Specifica-tions.
The length of time in a degraded mode is identified in these reports:
POSITION 2:
POSITION 2:
Auxiliary Operators and Shift, Health Physics Technicians maintain logs of the activities they perform for the purpose of informing their reliefs of activities performed or in progress and unusual conditions. New procedures have been written to provide a method for transferring information at shift change. Checklists have been provided to indicate equipment to be checked and criteria for acceptable status.
Auxiliary Operators and Shift, Health Physics Technicians maintain logs of the activities they perform for the purpose of informing their reliefs of activities performed or in progress and unusual conditions.
New procedures have been written to provide a method for transferring information at shift change.
Checklists have been provided to indicate equipment to be checked and criteria for acceptable status.


81 Section 2.2.2.a         CONTROL ROOM ACCESS POSITION The licensee shall   make provisions for limiting access to the control room to those   individuals responsible for the direct operation of the nuclear power plant (e.g., operations supervisor, shift supervisor, and control room operators),
81 Section 2.2.2.a CONTROL ROOM ACCESS POSITION The licensee shall make provisions for limiting access to the control room to those individuals responsible for the direct operation of the nuclear power plant (e.g.,
to technical advisors who may be requested or required to support the operation, and to predesignated NRC personnel.       Provisions shall include the following:
operations supervisor, shift supervisor, and control room operators),
: 1. Develop and implement an administrative procedure that establishes the authority and responsibility of the person in charge of the control room to limit access.
to technical advisors who may be requested or required to support the operation, and to predesignated NRC personnel.
Develop and implement procedures that establish a clear line of authority and responsibility licensees in the control room in the event of any emergency.
Provisions shall include the following:
The line of succession for the person in charge of the control room shall be established and limited to persons possessing a current senior reactor operator's             The plan shall clearly define the lines of communica-tion and authority for plant management personnel not in direct command of operations, including those who report to stations outside of the control room.
1.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
Develop and implement an administrative procedure that establishes the authority and responsibility of the person in charge of the control room to limit access.
An Administrative Procedure, A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibilities has been revised to formalize existing policies which allow the Shift Supervisor to restrict access to the control room during both normal operation and emergencies.                 This procedure establishes authority and responsibilities in the Control Room in the event of an emergency, and provides for a line of succession for the person in charge of the plant operat:ions. The line of suc-cession has been limited to those who possess a current NRC Senior Operator's License. The procedure provides that. access by the NRC may be limited to the primary site inspector at: the discretion of the Shift Supervisor.
Develop and implement procedures that establish a clear line of authority and responsibility in the control room in the event of any emergency.
Procedures     have been established to designate individuals who should report to the Technical Support Center and the Operat;ional Support.
The line of succession for the person in charge of the control room shall be established and limited to persons possessing a current senior reactor operator's licensees The plan shall clearly define the lines of communica-tion and authority for plant management personnel not in direct command of operations, including those who report to stations outside of the control room.
Center in the event of a site emergency. These procedures include the lines of communication and authority of reporting personnel.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
An Administrative Procedure, A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibilities has been revised to formalize existing policies which allow the Shift Supervisor to restrict access to the control room during both normal operation and emergencies.
This procedure establishes authority and responsibilities in the Control Room in the event of an emergency, and provides for a line of succession for the person in charge of the plant operat:ions.
The line of suc-cession has been limited to those who possess a current NRC Senior Operator's License.
The procedure provides that. access by the NRC may be limited to the primary site inspector at: the discretion of the Shift Supervisor.
Procedures have been established to designate individuals who should report to the Technical Support Center and the Operat;ional Support.
Center in the event of a site emergency.
These procedures include the lines of communication and authority of reporting personnel.


82 Section 2.2.2.b -         ONSITE TECHNICAI. SUPPORT CENTER POSITION Each operating nuclear power plant shall maintain an onsite technical support center separate from and in close prozimity to the control room that has the capability to display and transmit plant status to those individuals who are knowledgeable of and responsible for engineering and management support of reactor operations in the event of an accident.
82 Section 2.2.2.b - ONSITE TECHNICAI. SUPPORT CENTER POSITION Each operating nuclear power plant shall maintain an onsite technical support center separate from and in close prozimity to the control room that has the capability to display and transmit plant status to those individuals who are knowledgeable of and responsible for engineering and management support of reactor operations in the event of an accident.
The center shall be habitable to the same degree as the control room for postulated accident conditions. The licensee shall revise his emergency plans as necessary to incorporate the role and location of the technical support center. Records that pertain to. the as-built conditions and layout of structures, systems and components shall be readily available to personnel in the TSC.
The center shall be habitable to the same degree as the control room for postulated accident conditions.
CLARIFICATION
The licensee shall revise his emergency plans as necessary to incorporate the role and location of the technical support center.
: 1. By January   1, 1980, each licensee, should meet items A-G that follow. Each licensee is encouraged to provide additional upgrading of the TSC (items 2-10) as soon as practical, but no later than January 1, 1981.
Records that pertain to. the as-built conditions and layout of structures, systems and components shall be readily available to personnel in the TSC.
A. Establish   a TSC and provide a complete description, B. Provide plans and procedures     for engineering/management support and staffing of the TSC, C. Install   dedicated communications between the TSC and the control room, near site emergency operations center, and the NRC, D. Provide monitoring (either portable or permanent) for both direct radiation and airborne radioactive contaminants. The monitors should provide warning   if the radiation levels in the support center are reaching potentially dangerous levels. The licensee should designate action levels to define when protective measures should be taken (such as using breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets, or evacua-tion to the control room),
CLARIFICATION 1.
E. Assimulate or ensure access to Technical Data, including the licensee's best effort to have direct display of plant parameters, necessary'or assessment in the TSC, F. Develop procedures for performing this accident assessment       function from the control room should the TSC become uninhabitable,       and G. Submit to the   NRC a longer range plan for upgrading the   TSC to meet all requirements.
By January 1,
: 2. Location:
: 1980, each licensee, should meet items A-G that follow.
It is recommended that the TSC be located in close prozimity to the control room to ease communications and access to technical information during an emergency. The center should be located onsite, i.e , within the plant
Each licensee is encouraged to provide additional upgrading of the TSC (items 2-10) as soon as practical, but no later than January 1,
                                                                ~
1981.
security boundary. The greater the distance from the CR, the more sophisticated and complete should be the communications and availability of technical information. Consideration should be given to providing key TSC personnel with a means for gaining access to the control room.
A.
Establish a TSC and provide a complete description, B.
Provide plans and procedures for engineering/management support and staffing of the TSC, C.
Install dedicated communications between the TSC and the control room, near site emergency operations
: center, and the NRC, D.
Provide monitoring (either portable or permanent) for both direct radiation and airborne radioactive contaminants.
The monitors should provide warning if the radiation levels in the support center are reaching potentially dangerous levels.
The licensee should designate action levels to define when protective measures should be taken (such as using breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets, or evacua-tion to the control room),
E.
Assimulate or ensure access to Technical Data, including the licensee's best effort to have direct display of plant parameters, necessary'or assessment in the TSC, F.
Develop procedures for performing this accident assessment function from the control room should the TSC become uninhabitable, and G.
Submit to the NRC a longer range plan for upgrading the TSC to meet all requirements.
2.
Location:
It is recommended that the TSC be located in close prozimity to the control room to ease communications and access to technical information during an emergency.
The center should be located onsite, i.e ~, within the plant security boundary.
The greater the distance from the CR, the more sophisticated and complete should be the communications and availability of technical information.
Consideration should be given to providing key TSC personnel with a means for gaining access to the control room.


83
83
  'h     sical Size & Staffin The TSC should be large enough to house 25 persons, necessary engineering data and information displays (TV monitors, recorders, etc.). Each licensee should specify staffing levels and disciplines reporting to the TSC for emergencies   of varying severity.
'h sical Size
Activation The center should be activated in accordance with the "Alert" level as defined in the NRC document "Draft Emergency Action Level Guidelines, NUREG-0610" dated September, 1979, and currently out for public comment.
& Staffin The TSC should be large enough to house 25 persons, necessary engineering data and information displays (TV monitors, recorders, etc.).
Instrumentation in the TSC should be capable of providing displays of vital plant parameters from the time the accident began (t = 0 defined as either reactor or turbine trip). The Shift Technical Advisor should be consulted on the "Notification of Unusual Event" however, the activation of the TSC is discretionary for that class of event.
Each licensee should specify staffing levels and disciplines reporting to the TSC for emergencies of varying severity.
: 5. Instrumentation The instrumentation to be located in the TSC need not meet safety-grade requirements but should be qualitatively comparable (as regards accuracy and reliability) to that in the control room. The TSC should have the capability to access and display plant parameters independent from actions in the control room. Careful consideration should be given to the design of the interface of the TSC instrumentation to assure that addition of the oi    TSC will not result in any degradation of the control room or other plant functions.
Activation The center should be activated in accordance with the "Alert" level as defined in the NRC document "Draft Emergency Action Level Guidelines, NUREG-0610" dated September,
: 6. Instrumentation Power   Su l The power   supply to the TSC instrumentation need not meet safety-grade requirements, but should be reliable and of a quality compatible with the TSC instrumentation requirements. To insure continuity of information at the TSC, the power supply provided should be continuous once the TSC is activated. Consideration should be given to avoid loss of stored data (e.g., plant computer) due to momentary loss of power or switching transients. If the power supply is provided from a plant safety-related power source, careful attention should be given to assure that the capa-bility and reliability of the safety-related power source is not degraded as a result of this modification.
: 1979, and currently out for public comment.
: 7. Technical Data Each licensee should establish the technical data requirements for the TSC, keeping in mind the accident assessment function that has been established for those persons reporting to the TSC during an emergency. As a minimum, data (historical in addition to current status) should be available to per-mit the assessment of:
Instrumentation in the TSC should be capable of providing displays of vital plant parameters from the time the accident began (t = 0 defined as either reactor or turbine trip).
The Shift Technical Advisor should be consulted on the "Notification of Unusual Event" however, the activation of the TSC is discretionary for that class of event.
5.
Instrumentation oi The instrumentation to be located in the TSC need not meet safety-grade requirements but should be qualitatively comparable (as regards accuracy and reliability) to that in the control room.
The TSC should have the capability to access and display plant parameters independent from actions in the control room.
Careful consideration should be given to the design of the interface of the TSC instrumentation to assure that addition of the TSC will not result in any degradation of the control room or other plant functions.
6.
Instrumentation Power Su l The power supply to the TSC instrumentation need not meet safety-grade requirements, but should be reliable and of a quality compatible with the TSC instrumentation requirements.
To insure continuity of information at the TSC, the power supply provided should be continuous once the TSC is activated.
Consideration should be given to avoid loss of stored data (e.g., plant computer) due to momentary loss of power or switching transients.
If the power supply is provided from a plant safety-related power source, careful attention should be given to assure that the capa-bility and reliability of the safety-related power source is not degraded as a result of this modification.
7.
Technical Data Each licensee should establish the technical data requirements for the
: TSC, keeping in mind the accident assessment function that has been established for those persons reporting to the TSC during an emergency.
As a minimum, data (historical in addition to current status) should be available to per-mit the assessment of:


Plant Safety Systems Parameters for:
Plant Safety Systems Parameters for:
Reactor Coolant System Secondary System (PHRs)
Reactor Coolant System Secondary System (PHRs)
ECCS Systems Feedwater & Hakeup Systems Containment In-Plant Radiological Parameters for:
ECCS Systems Feedwater
& Hakeup Systems Containment In-Plant Radiological Parameters for:
Reactor Coolant System Containment Effluent Treatment Release Paths Offsite Radiological Heteorology Offsite Radiation Levels Data Transmission In addition to providing a data transmission link between the TSC and the control room, each licensee should review current technology as regards transmission of those parameters identified for TSC display.
Reactor Coolant System Containment Effluent Treatment Release Paths Offsite Radiological Heteorology Offsite Radiation Levels Data Transmission In addition to providing a data transmission link between the TSC and the control room, each licensee should review current technology as regards transmission of those parameters identified for TSC display.
Although there is not a requirement at the present time, each licensee should investigate the capability to transmit plant data offsite to the Emergency Operations Center, the NRC, the reactor vendor, etc.
Although there is not a requirement at the present time, each licensee should investigate the capability to transmit plant data offsite to the Emergency Operations
Structural Inte   rit A. The TSC need   not be designed to seismic Category I requirements. The center should be well built in accordance with sound engineering practice with due consideration to the effects of natural phenomena that may occur at the site.
: Center, the NRC, the reactor vendor, etc.
B. Since the center need not be designed to the same stringent require-ments as the Control Room, each licensee should prepare a backup plan for responding to an emergency from the control zoom.
Structural Inte rit A.
The TSC need not be designed to seismic Category I requirements.
The center should be well built in accordance with sound engineering practice with due consideration to the effects of natural phenomena that may occur at the site.
B.
Since the center need not be designed to the same stringent require-ments as the Control Room, each licensee should prepare a backup plan for responding to an emergency from the control zoom.


85 The   licensee should provide protection for the technical support center personnel from radiological hazards including direct radiation and airborne contaminants as per General Design Criterion 19 and SRP 6.4.
85 The licensee should provide protection for the technical support center personnel from radiological hazards including direct radiation and airborne contaminants as per General Design Criterion 19 and SRP 6.4.
A. Licensee should assure that personnel inside the technical support center (TSC) will not receive doses in excess of those specified in GDC 19 and SRP 6.4 (i.e., 5 Rem whole body and 30 Rem to the thyroid for the duration of the accident). Hajor sources of radiation should be considered.
A.
B. Permanent monitoring systems should be provided to continuously indicate radiation dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations inside the TSC. The monitoring systems should include local alarms to warn personnel of adverse conditions'rocedures must be provided which will specify   appropriate protective actions to be taken in the event that high   dose rates or airborne radioactive concentrations exist.
Licensee should assure that personnel inside the technical support center (TSC) will not receive doses in excess of those specified in GDC 19 and SRP 6.4 (i.e.,
C. Permanent   ventilation systems which include particulate and charcoal filters   should be provided. The ventilation systems need not be qualified as ESF systems. The design and testing guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 should be followed except that the systems do not have to be redundant, seismic, instrumented in the control room or automatically activated. In addition, the HEPA filters need not be tested as specified in Regulatory Guide 1.52 and the HEPA's do not have to meet the QA requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR 50.
5 Rem whole body and 30 Rem to the thyroid for the duration of the accident).
However, spare parts should be readily available and procedures in place for replacing failed components during an accident. The systems should be designed to operate from the emergency power supply.
Hajor sources of radiation should be considered.
D. Dose reduction measures such as breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets cannot be used as a design basis for the TSC in lieu of ventilation systems with charcoal filters. However, potassium iodide and breathing apparatus should be available.
B.
Interim Technical Su ort Center To meet the short term (interim) requirements for an on site technical support, center (TSC) by January 1, 1980, the existing planalog room (present interim TSC) of the service building has been activated with the services necessary to meet the intent of the requirements.
Permanent monitoring systems should be provided to continuously indicate radiation dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations inside the TSC.
Present modifications to the service building dictate that, the TSC be   relocated to a new room (new interim TSC) in the service building. The relocation will be completed in early 1980 without interruption to any servi'ce or capability requirement of the TSC.
The monitoring systems should include local alarms to warn personnel of adverse conditions'rocedures must be provided which will specify appropriate protective actions to be taken in the event that high dose rates or airborne radioactive concentrations exist.
This TSC will be activated until January 1, 1981 at which time the permanent     TSC   will be activated.
C.
Permanent ventilation systems which include particulate and charcoal filters should be provided.
The ventilation systems need not be qualified as ESF systems.
The design and testing guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 should be followed except that the systems do not have to be redundant,
: seismic, instrumented in the control room or automatically activated.
In addition, the HEPA filters need not be tested as specified in Regulatory Guide 1.52 and the HEPA's do not have to meet the QA requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR 50.
: However, spare parts should be readily available and procedures in place for replacing failed components during an accident.
The systems should be designed to operate from the emergency power supply.
D.
Dose reduction measures such as breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets cannot be used as a design basis for the TSC in lieu of ventilation systems with charcoal filters.
However, potassium iodide and breathing apparatus should be available.
Interim Technical Su ort Center To meet the short term (interim) requirements for an on site technical support, center (TSC) by January 1,
1980, the existing planalog room (present interim TSC) of the service building has been activated with the services necessary to meet the intent of the requirements.
Present modifications to the service building dictate that, the TSC be relocated to a new room (new interim TSC) in the service building.
The relocation will be completed in early 1980 without interruption to any servi'ce or capability requirement of the TSC.
This TSC will be activated until January 1,
1981 at which time the permanent TSC will be activated.


The following tasks have been completed and fulfillthe require-ments   of the interim TSC.
The following tasks have been completed and fulfillthe require-ments of the interim TSC.
A. The present interim TSC has been established and a description of the facility is given in this response.
A.
Plans and procedures for support and staffing 'of the TSC have been completed. Personnel have been assigned to man B.'. the center and   their respective responsibilities designated.
B.'.
The latest up-to-date drawings that, are required   to assess an incident are located in the TSC. QC document     control procedures have been revised to insure that these drawings are kept current.
The present interim TSC has been established and a description of the facility is given in this response.
Communications between the TSC, NRC, emergency center, standby emergency center, onsite operational support center and control room have been established by adding two (2) company extensions to the TSC which can operate through the Rochester Telephone system. Additionally, two (2) Ontario (New York Telephone) phones have been added to the TSC.     All four of these lines will be available on any of the four hand sets.
Plans and procedures for support and staffing 'of the TSC have been completed.
The NRC   direct line to the control room has had an extension placed in the TSC.
Personnel have been assigned to man the center and their respective responsibilities designated.
A hard wired intercom system has been installed with the master unit located in the TSC and slave units located in the control room, emergency center, standby emergency center and the onsite operational support, center. The master unit has the capability of calling and communicating with each slave station, but each slave unit can only call the TSC.
The latest up-to-date drawings that, are required to assess an incident are located in the TSC.
Thus, a mode   of communication directly under the TSC control is assured. One spare master unit will be located in the plant superintendent's office and a spare slave unit. will be located in the TSC.
QC document control procedures have been revised to insure that these drawings are kept current.
To further insure communications reliability, 6 portable radios are being purchased for the TSC which are of the same frequency as the base radios in the control room and emergency center.
Communications between the TSC,
D. A storage cabinet is located in the present interim TSC which contains masks with charcoal cannisters, DC battery lighting packs, and potassium iodide tablets. Action levels including evacuation to the control room have been established for the various protective responses.
: NRC, emergency center, standby emergency center, onsite operational support center and control room have been established by adding two (2) company extensions to the TSC which can operate through the Rochester Telephone system.
A radiation monitor with local readout only is installed in the TSC. A radiation detector capable of local readout with alarm and remote readout has been ordered. Because of lead time involved in obtaining this instrument and the relatively
Additionally, two (2) Ontario (New York Telephone) phones have been added to the TSC.
All four of these lines will be available on any of the four hand sets.
The NRC direct line to the control room has had an extension placed in the TSC.
A hard wired intercom system has been installed with the master unit located in the TSC and slave units located in the control room, emergency center, standby emergency center and the onsite operational support, center.
The master unit has the capability of calling and communicating with each slave station, but each slave unit can only call the TSC.
: Thus, a mode of communication directly under the TSC control is assured.
One spare master unit will be located in the plant superintendent's office and a spare slave unit. will be located in the TSC.
To further insure communications reliability, 6 portable radios are being purchased for the TSC which are of the same frequency as the base radios in the control room and emergency center.
D.
A storage cabinet is located in the present interim TSC which contains masks with charcoal cannisters, DC battery lighting packs, and potassium iodide tablets.
Action levels including evacuation to the control room have been established for the various protective responses.
A radiation monitor with local readout only is installed in the TSC.
A radiation detector capable of local readout with alarm and remote readout has been ordered.
Because of lead time involved in obtaining this instrument and the relatively


87 I
87 I
short period of time the present interim TSC will be in service, it is not intended to be installed there. However, the necessary cabling etc. has been installed to provide an installation in the new interim (early 1980) TSC. This monitor system will provide an indication of, radiation levels in the TSC at, the emergency center as well as perform
short period of time the present interim TSC will be in service, it is not intended to be installed there.
    ,.the normal function of local alarm and indication in the TSC.
: However, the necessary cabling etc.
E. Access to vital plant parameters is provided for in the TSC by utilizing a plant computer data link. Software has been developed by which selected groups of parameters can be obtained in log sheet fashion. Printout of a single parameter or group of parameters is available.
has been installed to provide an installation in the new interim (early 1980)
TSC.
This monitor system will provide an indication of,radiation levels in the TSC at, the emergency center as well as perform
,.the normal function of local alarm and indication in the TSC.
E.
Access to vital plant parameters is provided for in the TSC by utilizing a plant computer data link.
Software has been developed by which selected groups of parameters can be obtained in log sheet fashion.
Printout of a single parameter or group of parameters is available.
Ninety percent of a control board video scan system is installed but will not be completed until the new interim TSC is placed in service.
Ninety percent of a control board video scan system is installed but will not be completed until the new interim TSC is placed in service.
Power for the 'present TSC is supplied by a normal nonvital bus source, however, upon loss of normal power, backup power is provided by an emergency lighting panel.
Power for the 'present TSC is supplied by a normal nonvital bus source,
: however, upon loss of normal power, backup power is provided by an emergency lighting panel.
Procedure SC1.3E for manning the TSC has been approved.
Procedure SC1.3E for manning the TSC has been approved.
This procedure also directs personnel to the control room should the interim technical support center become unavailable.
This procedure also directs personnel to the control room should the interim technical support center become unavailable.
Permanent Technical Su ort Center The permanent   technical support center (TSC) is intended to be completed by January 1, 1981.     A preliminary review indicated that, several thousand square   feet of floor space might be needed to meet all the requirements of NUREG-0578. The TSC will occupy a one story addition to the present AVT building to the east of the turbine building and will be approximately 5000 square feet.
Permanent Technical Su ort Center The permanent technical support center (TSC) is intended to be completed by January 1,
1981.
A preliminary review indicated that, several thousand square feet of floor space might be needed to meet all the requirements of NUREG-0578.
The TSC will occupy a one story addition to the present AVT building to the east of the turbine building and will be approximately 5000 square feet.
The location clearly meets the requirement of "close to the control room".
The location clearly meets the requirement of "close to the control room".
The power supply for the TSC     will be an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) backed up by a diesel generator. The system is planned to be identical to the present power supply now in opera-tion for the   Ginna Station security system.
The power supply for the TSC will be an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) backed up by a diesel generator.
A HVAC system will be installed for this addition that will provide a habitable environment at least equal to that of the control room. Ample shielding for occupants during an accident will be provided to limit exposures below those of GDC 19 consider-ing major sources of radiation.
The system is planned to be identical to the present power supply now in opera-tion for the Ginna Station security system.
The accident assessment area will have computerized graphic display systems capable of, reading out various vital plant parameters including radiation and meteorology data. The necessary dedicated communications will be provided in this area. In addition a radiation monitor will be provided.,
A HVAC system will be installed for this addition that will provide a habitable environment at least equal to that of the control room.
Ample shielding for occupants during an accident will be provided to limit exposures below those of GDC 19 consider-ing major sources of radiation.
The accident assessment area will have computerized graphic display systems capable of, reading out various vital plant parameters including radiation and meteorology data.
The necessary dedicated communications will be provided in this area.
In addition a radiation monitor will be provided.,


88 A conference room, offices with telephones for at least RG&E and NRC, a working area, toilet facilities and a combination record, print, and reproduction room will also be provided.
88 A conference room, offices with telephones for at least RG&E and
Design of the facility is at a preliminary stage. It is our intent, however, to provide a permanent TSC which meets the staff requirements outlined in the clarifications above. More informa-tion will be available as the design progresses throughout the, first quarter of 1980.
: NRC, a working area, toilet facilities and a combination record,
: print, and reproduction room will also be provided.
Design of the facility is at a preliminary stage.
It is our
: intent, however, to provide a permanent TSC which meets the staff requirements outlined in the clarifications above.
More informa-tion will be available as the design progresses throughout the, first quarter of 1980.


89 Section 2.2.2.c -       ONSITE OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION An area to be designated as the onsite operational support center shall be established. It shall be separate from the control room and shall be the place to which the operations supp'ort personnel will report in an emergency situation. Communications with the control room shall be provided. The emergency plan shall be revised to reflect the existence of the center and to establish the methods and lines of communication and management.
89 Section 2.2.2.c - ONSITE OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION An area to be designated as the onsite operational support center shall be established.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
It shall be separate from the control room and shall be the place to which the operations supp'ort personnel will report in an emergency situation.
The   auxiliary operator office and adjacent technical library have been designated     as the Operational Support Center.         This area is located at the east end of the turbine building one floor below the control room. .It is equipped with telephones and a station intercom system which connects the Control Room, Technical Support Center and Emergency Survey Center. Procedure SC-1.3E for manning the center has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent as part of the emergency procedures series.
Communications with the control room shall be provided.
The emergency plan shall be revised to reflect the existence of the center and to establish the methods and lines of communication and management.
CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.
The auxiliary operator office and adjacent technical library have been designated as the Operational Support Center.
This area is located at the east end of the turbine building one floor below the control room.
.It is equipped with telephones and a station intercom system which connects the Control Room, Technical Support Center and Emergency Survey Center.
Procedure SC-1.3E for manning the center has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent as part of the emergency procedures series.


APPENDIX A}}
APPENDIX A}}

Latest revision as of 12:06, 8 January 2025

Discussion of TMI Lessons Learned Short-Term Requirements
ML17249A451
Person / Time
Site: Ginna Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 12/28/1979
From:
ROCHESTER GAS & ELECTRIC CORP.
To:
Shared Package
ML17249A450 List:
References
RTR-NUREG-0578, RTR-NUREG-578 NUDOCS 8001040674
Download: ML17249A451 (126)


Text

DISCUSSION OF TMI LESSONS LEARNED SHORT TERM REQUIREMENTS This document provides only a portion of the Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation response to TMI Lessons Learned Short Term Requirements.

Additional information is found in Rochester Gas and Electric letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Dennis L. Ziemann, USNRC, dated October 17, 1979 and November 19, 1979.

8P01 040

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Pacae 2.1.1 Emergency Power Supply Pressurizer Heaters.

1 Pressurizer Level and Relief Block Valves.

3 2.1.2 2.1.3. a Performance Testing for BWR and PWR Relief and Safety Valves.

4 Direct. Indication of Power-Operated Relief Valve and Safety Valve Position for PWRs and BWRs 5

2.1.3.b Instrumentation for Detection of Inadequate Core Cooling Subcooling Meter Additional Instrumentation 6

8 2.1.4 2.1.5.a 2.1.5.c

~

~

~

2.1.6.a Containment Isolation.

13 Dedicated H2 Control Penetrations.

14 Capability to Install Hydrogen Recombiner at each Light Water Nuclear Power Plant 15 Integrity of Systems Outside Containment Likely to Contain Radioactive Materials for PWRs and BWRs.

16 2.1.6.b 2.1.7.a Design Review of Plant Shielding and Environ-mental Qualification of Equipment for Spaces/Systems Which May Be Used in Post Accident Operations.

Auto Initiation of the Auxiliary Feedwater Systems (AFWS) 31 34 2.1.7.b Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Indication to Steam Generators 36 2.1.8.a 2.1.8.b Tables 2.1.8.b.l 2.1.8.b.2 2.1.8.b.3 Improved Post-Accident Sampling Capability.

37 Increased Range of Radiation Monitors.

\\

42 Interim Procedures for Quantifying High Level Accidental Radioactivity Releases.

. 46 High Range Effluent Monitor.

47 High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.

. 48

Section, Title TABLE OF CONTENTS (Conte.nued)

Pacae 2.1.8.c Improved In-Plant Iodine Instrumentati Accident Conditions.

on Under 50 2.1.9'.2.l.a 2.2.1.b 2.2.1.c

.2.a

.2.b 2.2.2.c Transient and Accident Analysis.

Containment Pressure Indication.

Containment Water Level Indication Containment, Hydrogen Indication.

Reactor Coolant Syst: em Venting Shift Supervisor Responsibilities.

Shift, Technical Advisor.

Shift and Relief Turnover Procedures Control Room Access.

Onsite Technical Support Center.

Onsite Operational Support Center.

51 53 54 55 56 70 74 79 81 82 89

Section 2. 1. 1 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPI Y

~

~

Pressurizer Heaters POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite

power, the -following positions shall be implemented:

Pressurizer Heater Power Su l 1.

The pressurizer heater power supply design shall provide the capability to supply, from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source (when offsite power is not available),

a predetermined number of pressurizer heaters and associated controls necessary to establish and maintain natural circulation at hot standby conditions.

The required heaters and their controls shall be connected to the emergency buses in a manner that will provide redundant power supply capability.

2.

Procedures and training shall be established to make the operator aware of when and how the required pressurizer heaters shall be connected to the emergency buses.

If required, the procedures shall identify under what conditions selected emergency loads can be shed from the emergency power source to provide suffzca.ent capacity for the connection of the pressurizer heaters.

3.

The time required to accomplish the connection of the preselected pressurizer heater to the emergency buses shall be consistent with the timely initiation and maintenance of natural circulation conditions.

4 Pressurizer heater motive and control power interfaces with the emergency buses shall be accomplished through devices that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.

CLARIFICATION 1.

In order not to compromise independence between the sources of emergency power and still provide redundant capability to provide emergency power to the pressurizer

heaters, each redundant heater or group of heaters should have access to only one Class 1E division power supply.

2.

The number of heaters required to have access to each emergency power source is that number required to maintain natural circulation in the hot standby condition.

3.

The power sources need not necessarily have the capacity to provide power to the heaters concurrent with the loads required for LOCA.

4.

Any change-over of the heaters from normal offsite power to emergency onsite power is to be accomplished manually in the control room.

5.

In establishing procedures to manually reload the pressurizer heaters onto the emergency power sources, careful consideration must be given to:

a.

Which ESF loads may be appropriately shed for a given situation.

b.

Reset of the Safety Injection Actuation Signal to permit the operation of the heaters.

c.

Instrumentation and criteria for operator use to prevent overloading a diesel generator.

6.

The Class 1E interfaces for main power and control power are to be pro-tected by safety-grade circuit breakers.

(See also Reg.

Guide 1.75) 7.

Being non-Class IE loads, the pressurizer heaters must be automatically shed from the emergency power sources upon the occurrence of a safety injection actuation signal.

(See item 5.b.

above)

RGSE Res onses The pressurizer heater power supply conforms to all the require-ments specified.

A new procedure, 0-8.1 "Restoration of Pressurizer Heaters to Maintain Natural Circulation at Hot Shutdown" has been incorporated.

It includes criteria to prevent overload-ing of a diesel generator while providing for sufficient power to overcome pressurizer heat losses to maintain the reactor coolant system subcooled and to enhance natural circulation.

Operator training in the use of this procedure has been completed.

Existing emergency and operating procedures have been changed to refer to this procedure.

Section 2.1.1 - EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY

~

~

Pressurizer Level and Relief Block Valves POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criteria 10, 14, 15, 17 and 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 for the event of loss of offsite

power, the following positions shall be implemented:

Power Su l for Pressurizer Relief and Block Valves and Pressurizer Level Indicators 1.

Motive and control components of the power-operated relief valves (PORVs) shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offiste power is not available.

2.

Motive and control components associated with the PORV block valves shall be capable of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when the offsite power is not available.

3.

Motive and control power connections to the emergency buses for the PORVs and their associated block valves shall be through devices that have been qualified in accordance with safety-grade requirements.

The pressurizer level indication instrument channels shall be powered from the vital instrument buses.

The buses shall have the capability of being supplied from either the offsite power source or the emergency power source when offsite power is not available.

CLARIFICATION 1.

While the prevalent consideration from TMI Lessons Learned is being able to close the PORV/block valves, the design should retain, to the extent practical, the capability to open these valves.

2 ~

The motive and control power for the block valve should be supplied from an emergency power bus different from that which supplies the PORV.

3.

Any changeover of the PORV and block valve motive and control power from the normal offsite power to the emergency onsite power is to be accomplished manually in the control room.

4.

For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electrical power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to the emergency power sources.

RG&E Res onses No additional response required.

Section 2.1.2 PERFORMANCE TESTING FOR BWR AND PWR RELIEF AND

~

~

SAFETY VAIVES POSITION Pressurized water reactor and boiling water reactor'licensees and applicants shall conduct testing to qualify the reactor coolant system relief,. and safety valves under expected operating conditions for design basis transients and accidents.

CLARIFICATION 1.

Expected operating conditions can be determined through the use of analysis of accidents and anticipated operational occurrences referenced in Regulatory Guide 1.70.

2.

This testing is intended to demonstrate valve operability under various flow conditions, that is, the ability of the valve to open and shut under the various flow conditions should be demonstrated.

3.

Not all valves on all plants are required to be tested.

The valve testing may be conducted on a prototypical basis.

4.

The effect of piping on valve operability should be included in the test conditions.

Not every piping configuration is required to be tested, but the configurations that are tested should produce the appropriate feedback effects as seen by the relief or safety valve.

5.

Test data should include data that would permit an evaluation of discharge piping and supports if those components are not tested directly.

6.

A description of the test program and the schedule for testing'hould be submitted by January 1, 1980.

7.

Testing shall be complete by July 1, 1981.

By letter dated December 17,

1979, Mr. William J. Cahill, Jr.,

Chairman of the EPRI Safety and Analysis Task Force, submitted to the NRC "Program Plan for the Performance Verification of PWR Safety/ Relief Valves and Systems".

The EPRI Program Plan provides for completion of the essential portions of the test program by July, 1981.

RGSE will be participat-ing in the EPRI program to provide program review and to supply plant specific data as required.

Section 2.1.3.a - DIRECT INDICATION OF POWER-OPERATED RELIEF VALVE

~

~

~

~

AND SAFETY VALVE POSITION FOR PWRS AND BWRS POSITION Reactor system relief and safety valves shall be provided with a positive indication in the control room derived from a reliable valve position detection device or a reliable indication of.flow in the discharge pipe.

CLARIFICATION 1.

The basic requirement is to provide'he operator with unambiguous indica-tion of valve position (open or closed) so that appropriate operator actions can be taken.

2.

The valve position should be indicated in the control room.

An alarm should be provided in conjunction with this indication.

3.

The valve position indication may be safety grade.

If the position indication is not safety grade, a reliable single channel direct indication powered from a vital instrument bus may be provided if backup methods of determining valve position are available and are discussed in the emergency procedures as an aid to operator diagnosis and action.

i The valve position indication should be seismically qualified consistent with the component or system to which it is attached.

If the seismic qualification requirements cannot be met feasibly by January 1,

1980, a

justification should be provided for less than seismic qualification and a schedule should be submitted for upgrade to the required seismic qualifi-cation.

5.

The position indication should be qualified for its appropriate environment (any transient or accident which would cause the relief or safety valve to lift). If the environmental qualification program for this position indication will not be completed by January 1,

1980, a proposed schedule for completion of the environmental qualification program should be provided.

RG&E Res onse RGSE has installed linear variable displacement transducers (LVDTs) with a control room position alarm on the pressurizer safety valves.

All pressurizer relief and safety valves now have direct stem mounted position indication as well as discharge pipe thermocouple temperature indication.

The present safety valve LVDTs are designed for a hostile environment.

(1000 psi and 300'F) and are constructed of radiation resistant materials (stainless steel and glass filled polymers).

Since a similar LVDT will be available that is designed specifically for high radiation environments, the existing LVDTs will be replaced during the spring refueling outage.

An alarm has been added to the existing relief valve stem mounted limit switch indication.

Section 2.1.3.b - INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE

~

~

~

COOLING SUBCOOLING METER POSITION Licensees shall develop procedures to be used by the operator to recognize inadequate core cooling with currently available instrumentation.

The licensee shall provide a description of the existing instrumentation for the operators to use to recognize these conditions.

A detailed description of the analyses needed to form the basis for operator training and procedure development shall be provided pursuant to another short-term requirement, "Analysi's of Off-Normal Conditions, Including Natural Circulation" (see Section 2.1.9 of NUREG-0578).

In addition, each PWR shall install a primary coolant saturation meter to provide on-line indication of coolant saturation condition.

Operator instruc-tion as to use of this meter shall include consideration that it is not to be used exclusive of other related plant parameters.

CLARIFICATION 1.

The analysis and procedures addressed in paragraph one above will be reviewed and should be submitted to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" for review.~

~

~

2.

The purpose of the subcooling'eter is to provide a continuous indication of margin to saturated conditions.

This is an important diagnostic tool for the reactor operators.

3.

Redundant safety grade temperature input from each hot leg (or use of multiple core exit in (sic) T/C's) are required.

4.

Redundant safety grade system pressure measures should be provided.

5.

Continuous display of the primary coolant saturation conditions should be provided.

6.

Each PWR should have:

(A.) Safety grade calculational devices and display (minimum of two meters) or (B.) a highly reliable single channel environ-mentally qualified, and testable system plus a backup procedure for use of steam tables.

If the plant computer is to be used, its availability must be documented.

7.

In the long term, the instrumentation qualifications must be required to be upgraded to meet the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumenta-tion for Light Water Cooled Nuclear Plants to Assess Plant Conditions Dur-ing and Following an Accident) which is under development.

8.

In all cases appropriate steps (electrical, isolation, etc.) must be taken to assure that the addition of the subcooling meter does not adversely im-pact the reactor protection or engineered safety features systems.

The attachment provides a definition of information required on the sub-cooling meter.

RGSE Res onses Two independent subcooling meters described in our November 19 letter have been installed.

Procedure guidelines that, are used by the operator in recognizing inadequate core cooling were sub-mitted by the Westinghouse Owners'roup on October 30, 1979.

H An existing procedure E-l.5, "Void Formation in the Reactor Coolant System" has been upgraded and modified as necessary to reflect the existing guidelines developed in a generic procedure produced by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.

Information presently available from the plant computer and available to operating personnel has been included during this review.

Formal training of licensed operators covering the content of this procedure prior to the recent, upgrade and modification was held between June 11, 1979 and July 13, 1979.

Additional guidelines have been recently provided by Westinghouse.

These guidelines have been issued on a Plan of Day instruction and placed in the control room and will be reviewed by all operating personnel by January 1,

1980 except for those personnel on vacation who will review it as soon as they return to work.

Section 2.1.3.b - INSTRUMENTATION FOR DETECTION OF INADE UATE CORE

~

~

~

COOLING ADDITIONAL INSTRUMENTATION POSITION Licensees shall provide a description of any additional instrumentation or con-

"trols (primary or backup) proposed for the plant to supplement those devices cited in the preceding section giving an unambiguous, easy-to-interpret indica-tion of inadequate core cooling.

A description of the functional design require-ments for the system shall also be included.

A description of the procedures to be used with the proposed equipment, the analysis used in developing these pro-

cedures, and a schedule for installing the equipment shall be provided.

CLARIFICATION 1.

Design of new instrumentation should provide an unambiguous indication of inadequate core cooling.

This may require new measurements to or a synthesis of existing measurements which meet safety-grade criteria.

3.

The evaluation is to include reactor water level indication.

A commitment to provide the necessary analysis and to study advantages of various instruments to monitor water level and core cooling is required in the response to the September 13, 1979 letter.

4.

The indication of inadequate core cooling must be unambiguous, in that, it should have the following properties:

a) it must indicate the existence of inadequate core cooling caused by various phenomena (i.e., high void fraction pumped flow as well as stagnant boil off).

b) it must not erroneously indicate inadequate core cooling because of the presence of an unrelated phenomenon.

5.

The indication must give advanced warning of the approach of inadequate core cooling.

6.

The indication must cover the full range from normal operation to complete core uncovering.

For example, if water level is chosen as the unambiguous indication, then the range of the instrument (or instruments) must cover the full range from normal water level to the bottom of the core.

RG&E Res onse The Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG6E is a member, has performed analyses as required by Item 2.1.9 to study the effects of inadequate core cooling.

These analyses were provided to the NRC "Bulletins and Orders Task Force" by a letter dated October 30, 1979.

As part of the submittal made by the Owners'roup, an "Instruction to Restore Core Cooling during a Small LOCA" was included.

This instruction provides the basis for procedure

changes and operator training required to recognize the existence of inadequate core cooling and restore core cooling based on existing instrumentation.

RGSE has incorporated the considerations of this.instruction into our procedures, and Plan of Day instruction.

The October 30 submittal referenced above described the capabilities of the core exit thermocouples for determining the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions and their superiority in some instances to the loop RTDs for measuring true core conditions.

Other means of determining the approach to or existence of in-adequate core cooling could be:

l.

2.

3.

4,.

5.

Incore detectors Excore detectors Reactor coolant pump motor currents Steam generator pressure Reactor vessel water level A discussion of the possible use of these measurements is provided below.

The use of incore movable detectors to determine the existence of inadequate core cooling conditions appears doubtful.

The detectors could be driven in to the top of the incore thimbles, which are located at the top of the core, following an accident.

However, there may be a lack of sensitivity of the detectors to very low neutron levels and changes that would. occur if the core is not, covered.

Gamma detectors could perhaps be employed, but they suffer from similar sensitivity problems, and from the fact that gamma levels in the fuel region change insignificantly between the covered and uncovered condition.

As a result, it, does not appear worthwhile to pursue incore movable detectors as a means of determining inadequate core cooling conditions.

Excore detectors have been'discussed as a possibility in responding to core uncovery.

The only detectors which would have the required sensitivity are the source range monitors since the intermediate and power range monitors are not sensitive enough to the low level changes resulting from vessel voiding.

The use of the source range monitors will be investigated further as part of the ongoing study of inadequate core cooling being performed by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.

However, their use is probably limited to those instances when significant voiding exists in the downcomer region, since water in the downcomer would effectively shield the detectors from the core region whether voids existed in the core or not.

Reactor coolant pump motor current, which could be indicative of core voiding, is appropriate if the pumps are running but a more reliable means of determining inadequate core cooling may be needed since a loss of off-site power or a pump trip shuts the pumps down.

10 Steam generator pressure indication, which already exists, is, useful in the case where heat transfer from primary to secondary is interrupted due to loss of natural circulation.

This, however, does not indicate the approach to inadequate core cooling, nor does it indicate the true condition of the core.

Reactor vessel water level determination is the most promising of the items discussed to provide additional capability of determin-ing the approach to and the existence of inadequate core cooling.

Several systems for determining water level are under review by the Westinghouse Owners'roup.

A generic conceptual design of one system is given below:

Vessel level S stem Descri tion After examining many different methods and principles for deter-mining the water level in the reactor vessel, a basic delta pressure measurement from the bottom of the vessel to the top of the vessel appears to provide the most meaningful and reliable information to the operator.

One of the reasons for choosing this system is that the sources of potential errors are better known for this system than for any other new or untested system.

Figure 1 shows a simplified sketch of the proposed vessel level instrumentation system.

The bottom tap of the instrument would use a thimble of the incore movable detector system either at the seal table or in the thimble below the vessel.

Use of the thimble as part of the water level indicator would not preclude use of the thimble for incore flux monitoring.

For connection below the vessel the flux thimble guide tube would be tapped below the vessel and an instrument line connection made.

The instrument line would have an isolation valve and would slope down to a hydraulic coupler connected to a sealed reference leg.

For connection at the seal table, a special fitting would be utilized which would be connected to an isolation valve and sealed reference leg.

The sealed reference leg would go to the differential pressure transmitter located at an elevation above the expected level of containment flooding.

A similar seal leg would go to the top of the vessel and penetrate the head using the vent. line or a special connection on a spare rod cluster control (RCC) mechanism penetration.

Two trains of vessel level instrumentation could be provided from the single set of vessel taps.

The behavior of the signal generated by this level instrument under normal and accident conditions is being evaluated.

The usefulness of this instrument to provide an unambiguous indication

of inadequate core cooling is being evaluated as part of Item 2.1.9.

The potential errors and accuracy of a final system configuration are being evaluated to assess its usefulness to provide information to the operator for proper operation of a vessel venting system and for normal water level control during periods when the primary system is open and a water level may exist in the vessel.

The connection of the level system to the vessel head should be designed to be compatible with the head vent system.

Operation of the vent system should not, if possible,

upset all indications of vessel level.

If operation of the vent may have a potential impact on the level indication the problem can be avoided by some plants by using a separate instrument tap or by using more than one location.

For other plants, such as Ginna, which have no spare RCC mechanism penetrations and have only a single existing head vent. penetration, an evaluation will be made of the difficulties and additional radiation exposure required to install separate instrument taps on the reactor head against the potential for level indication accuracy degradation during and following venting.

The need for vessel level indica-tion following venting is also being evaluated and will be con-sidered in the selection of instrument tap locations.

Alternate Connection Ven Line R.V.

Train B

~

~

Spare Penetration

+T Reactor Vessel I

I IWide IBange I

I I

~ Train B I

I L

Seal Table Sensor Bellows I

l I

Narrow Range I

I I

I I

Incore Conduit Protective Environment R.V.

Contaimnent~

Mall Alternate Connection

~Bott FIGURE l Reactor Vessel Level Instrumentation

13

~

~

~

Section 2.1.4 CONTAINNENT ISOLATION POSITION l.

All containment isolation system designs shall comply with the recommenda-tions of SRP 6.2.4; i.e., that there be diversity in the parameters sensed for the initiation of containment isolation.

2.

All plants shall give careful reconsideration to the definition of essential and nonessential

systems, shall identify each system determined to be essential, shall identify each system determined to be nonessential, shall describe the basis for selection of each essential system, shall modify their containment isolation designs accordingly, and shall report the results of the re-evaluation to the NRC.

3.

All nonessential systems shall be automatically isolated by the contain-ment isolation signal.

4.

The design of control systems for automatic containment isolation valves shall be such that resetting the isolation signal will not result in the automatic reopening of containment isolation valves.

Reopening of contain-ment isolation valves shall require deliberate operator action.

CLARIFICATION 1.

Provide diverse containment isolation signals that satisfy safety-grade requirements.

2.

Identify essential and non-essential systems and provide results to NRC.

3.

Non-essential systems should be automatically isolated by containment isolation signals.

4.

Resetting of containment isolation signals shall not result in the auto-matic loss of containment isolation.

RG&E Res onse Our response of November 19, 1979 discussed the action we have taken to conform with the staff position.

Equipment, delivery times discussed in that response are unchanged.

Section 2.1.5.a DEDICATED H2 CONTROL PENETRATIONS POSITION Plants using external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere should provide containment isolation systems for external recombiner or purge systems that are dedicated to that service only, that meet the redundancy and single failure requirements of General Design Criteria 54 and 56 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, and that are sized to satisfy the flow requirements of the recombiner or purge system.

CLARIFICATION 1.

This requirement is only applicable to those plants whose licensing basis includes requirements for external recombiners or purge systems for post-accident combustible gas control of the containment atmosphere.

2.

An acceptable alternative to the dedicated penetration is a combined design that is single-failure proof for containment isolation purposes and single-failure proof for operation of the recombiner or purge system.

3.

The dedicated penetration or the combined single-failure proof alternative should be sized such that the flow requirements for the use of the recom-boner or purge system are satzsfxed.

4.

Components necessitated by this requirement should be safety grade.

5.

A description of required design changes and a schedule for accomplishing these changes should be provided by January 1, 1980.

Design changes should be completed by January 1, 1981.

RG&E Res onse Ginna has two hydrogen recombiners which are located inside con-tainment.

Therefore, dedicated penetrations are not required.

15 Section 2.1.5.c CAPABILITY TO INSTALL HYDROGEN RECOMBINER AT

~

~

~

~

EACH LIGHT WATER NUCLEAR POWER PLANT POSITION

'he procedures and bases upon which the recombiners would be used on all plants should be the subject of a review by the licensees in considering shielding requirements and personnel exposure limitations as demonstrated to be necessary in the case of TNI-2.

CLARIFICATION 1.

This requirement applies only to those plants that included Hydrogen Recombiners as a design basis for licensing.

2.

The shielding and associated personnel exposure limitations associated with recombiner use should be evaluated as part of licensee response to requirement 2.1.6.B, "Design Review for Plant Shielding."

3.

Each licensee should review and upgrade, as necessary, those criteria and procedures dealing with recombiner use.

Action taken on this requirement should be submitted by January 1, 1980.

Access to the hydrogen recombiner control panel has been evaluated zn our shz.elding adequacy review.

Access to the control panel under post.-accident conditions for control of the recombiners is possible with acceptable personnel exposures.

Details are given in 2.1.6.b.

16 Section 2.1.6.a INTEGRITY OF SYSTEMS OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT LIKELY

~

~

~

~

TO CONTAIN RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS FOR PWRs AND BWRs POSITION Applicants and licensees shall immediately implement a program to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could contain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident to as-low-as practical levels.

This program shall include the following:

1.

Immediate Leak Reduction a.

Implement all practical leak reduction measures for all systems that could carry radioactive fluid outside of containment.

b.

Measure actual leakage rates with system in operation and report them to the NRC.

2.

Continuing Leak Reduction Establish and implement a program of preventive maintenance to reduce leakage to as-low-as practical levels.

This program shall include periodic integrated-leak tests at a frequency not to exceed refueling cycle inter-vals.

CLARIFICATION Licensees shall, by January 1,

1980, provide a summary description of their pro-gram to reduce leakage from systems outside containment that would or could con-tain highly radioactive fluids during a serious transient or accident.

Examples of such systems are given on page A-26 of NUREG-0578.

Other examples include the Reactor Core Isolation Cooling and Reactor Water Cleanup (Letdown function)

Systems for BWRs.

Include a list of systems which are excluded from this program.

Testing of gaseous systems should include helium leak detection or equivalent testing methods.

Consider in your program to reduce leakage potential release paths due to design and operator deficiencies as discussed in our letter to you regarding North Anna and Related Incidents dated October 17, 1979.

RG&E Res onse All practical leak reduction measures have been normal practice for systems that carry radioactive fluids outside containment.

We will continue to assess possible improvements to these systems as iden-tified by changes in the state of the art, improvements made at other plants and operating experience, to continually improve our systems leak rates.

These measures were implemented following failed fuel experience a number of years ago.

Despite good fuel performance in recent years, these leakage reduction measures have been con-tinued.

A preventive maintenance program has been on going for mechanical equipment of these systems.

A preventive maintenance program has been established for valves and piping on the systems shown on Table 2.1.6.a.1.

The program will commence January 1,

1980 and will include regularly scheduled maintenance on maintainable valves and annual external inspection for leakage and/or deteriora-tion.

Drawings indicated in Table 2.1.6.a.l were provided to the NRC for SEP in a letter dated September 12, 1978 to D. L. Ziemann.

Systems which have not been included in the program include main

steam, auxiliary feedwater, the turbine side, some of the auxiliary
coolant, waste evaporator, boric acid evaporator, service water, drumming station, safety and relief valves and some of the reactor makeup water, waste disposal and component cooling water systems.

No release paths exemplified by the North Anna Unit 1 incident or similar release paths as identified in IE Circular 79-21 have been found.

Tests have been performed on the Residual Heat Removal

System, Safety Injection System, and Containment Spray System with the system in operation to the extent practical to determine applicable leakage paths.

No visible liquid leakage was detected.

However, boron buildup was observed on some components indicating that a

small amount of leakage was occurring.

The affected components were cleaned and a followup inspection performed.

Maintenance work requests have been submitted on components which have shown new boron accumulation, to reduce leakage to as low as practical.

These components will also be given particular attention in our preventive maintenance program.

The inspection was performed during December 1979.

A visual inspection of the radioactive Liquid Waste

System, Chemical Volume Control System, and Primary Sampling System was made to determine if there was any system leakage.

No visible liquid leakage was detected but boron buildup was observed.

Similar action, as noted above, is being taken.

The radioactive Waste Gas System has been inspected to determine if there was any system leakage.

The inspection was performed by Nuclear Consulting Services Inc. using a hydrogen detector method to determine a leak rate for the system.

An ultrasonic leak detector was used to scan the system for audible leaks, to indicate any areas which would require maintenance, prior to proceeding with the hydrogen leak test.

.No areas were identified.

A portable Gas Detection system (Sniffer) was then used to determine the actual leakage rates.

The total leakage for the Waste Gas System was 6.91 x 10 cc/sec.

We consider this leakage rate to be very small and it is as-low-as-practical.

The inspection was performed during December 1979.

Inspections were made in response to IE Bulletin 79-17 regarding stress corrosion cracking at welds or base material in stagnant borated water systems.

No indications were observed.

Further inspections will be performed during our next annual refueling

0

18 outage as per our response to that bulletin.

(See letters from L. D. White, Jr. to Mr. Boyce H. Grier, Office of Inspection and Enforcement dated August 24,

1979, October 24, 1979 and November 26, 1979).

As part of the In-Service Inspection Program requirement, contain-ment isolation valve leak rate tests were performed during our 1979 refueling shutdown.

The results of the leakage rate tests, for the primary (see Table 2.1.6.a.2) and applicable secondary (see Table 2.1.6.a.3) isolation valves are attached.

The primary isolation valves are -those valves located inside containment with secondary isolation valves outside containment.

As required by Technical Specifications and Appendix J to 10 CFR 50, leak rate tests were performed during 1979 on the containment penetrations.

The results of the leakage rate tests are shown on Table 2.1.6.a.4.

19 Table 2.1.6.a; VALVE AND PIPING LEAKAGE PREVENTION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL RHR PRINT 33013-436 Valves from A Loop Hot Leg through, the A and B RHR pumps, A and B RHR Heat Exchangers and back to B Loop Cold Leg.

CONTAINMENT SPRAY CS PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from Refueling Water Storage Tank (RWST) through CS Pumps, to Containment Charcoal Filter Dousing System valves, and the Reactor Containment Ring Spray Header.

SAFETY INJECTION SI PRINT 33013-425 PRINT 33013-432 Valves from RWST through the A,B,C Safety Injection Pumps, into the Containment to Loop A Hot Leg, Loop A Cold Leg, and fillline to Accumulator B.

Also to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg and fillline to Accumulator A.

CHEMICAL AND VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM CVCS PRINT 33013-433 Valves from Loop B Letdown line through Regenerative Heat Exchanger, non-regenerative Heat Exchanger, Demineralizers, Reactor Coolant Filter, Volume Control Tank, Charging Pumps, Seal Injection Filters, Reactor Coolant Pump Seals, Seal Water Heat Exchanger, and return to Volume Control Tank.

Also the line to Loop B Hot Leg, Loop B Cold Leg, and Auxiliary Spray to Pressurizer by way of Regenerative Heat Exchanger.

CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves on Boric Acid Batching Tank, Boric Acid Tanks A and B, Boric Acid Transfer Pumps A and B, and Blending System to Charging Pumps.

CVCS PRINT 33013-426 Valves and piping both to and from the Hold Up Tanks and including Gas Stripper Feed Pumps.

20 WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM - WATER PRINT 33013-431 Valves for Waste Water from Laundry and Hot Shower Tanks, Chemical Drain Tank, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, to Hold Up Tanks and Waste Hold Up Tank.

All drains to Waste Hold Up Tank and Recirculation Pump.

Also the Containment and Auxiliary Building Sump.

WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM GAS PRINT 33013-430 Valves carrying gases from Holdup Tanks, Spent Resin Storage

Tanks, Reactor Coolant Drain Tank, Volume Control Tank, Gas Stripper to and from Gas Compressors, Gas Decay Tanks, reuse and release lines to plant vent.

PRIMARY SAMPLE SYSTEM Valves from Pressurizer Steam

Space, Pressurizer Liquid Space, Loop B Hot Leg, Loop A Hot Leg, Failed Fuel Syst: em, RHR Loop, Mixed Bed Demineralizer Outlet and Inlet, and Volume Control Tank Gas Space to Nuclear Sample Room.

YEAU '979 I'ltIllht(Y 1SOLATi(UI VAI.VE Table 2.1.6.a.2 SURET 3 of 7 I':I'-23 SE(tin.i II(WIIUICI.A'OII(I I'IU!SSUltI/El( I(EI.1EP YAUK GA!I At(hi:

P1V'l AOV 539 TEST hltIOSPIILI(l I.L'hl.'ACE 2,03 cc%ein ItES(ff,'Itl UATE 2/16/79 112 SUI'PI.Y 10 Pl(ESS.

Itl;I.ll;I PhtlK I.'IUE t CUEPK VIV.

520 1.09 cc/mtn 2/20f(79 IIAKI'P U20 YO PI(ISS.

1(EI.11(E Tht(K:

CUIUCK VI.V.

529 1'9 cc/Nln 2/20/79 LETUOUU Pl(OII 1(EAC(01( COOLhttT SYSrF11:

AOV 371 1,Q9cc/min 4/22/79 I(CSi CUAIMilWG LltlE:

CUECK VI.V.

370 1.09 cc/min 4/24/79 "A" IICI'EAI

~ IIATIlt L1UL (

CUECK VI.V.

304 h 145 0 cc/min Rate determined acceptable.

i' 2/24/79 90 "0" RCP SFAI. IIATEI( filtUI CIIRCK VI,V.

304 8 26.57 cc%ain 2/22/79 10 hf TEI(HA'llI'..CUAUOlttOif.fUt'.t CIIECK VLV.

303 U

1'9 CC/Min 3/15/79 I

YEA)\\

'1919 PRltfhl(Y lSOIATIO(I VhtsVE Table 2.1.6.a.2 SIIEET 2pf T

PT-23 Sl Itll.

ltHJwCll44lXQjDLlSICl l(ottl l(C(.hll)RE 3CKICWl%laXXRMSC~~h1$1C4CI~

RCP SEA(. I(hTER ItLi'Ilt(B(& I.XCFSS LET I'IV 8 klICCQRlCR IIOV 313

'1'EST A'I't(OSI Iti)(E IJ!hKA(:E 0 cc/i>>Ln RFS UI,TS

~AOAQ031 ICQIUA1lwua DA'iE 2/22/19 12A STEAII Sl'ACI'AIR'LE)

AOV 96GA 2.01 cc/min 2/16/79 12I)

Pl!ESSUI!lZI'.It talftt)ID SPACI'! SAHPI.I!)

AOV 9660 2.0L cc/mLu 2/16/79 12C RCS Sht(PI,E u)OP "nn:

AOV 966C 2.01 cc/mtn 2/16/79 13A "A" STEAII CEIIE)IATQI! SAIIPI E)

AOV 5735 '.01cc/min 2/I'6/79 I

lhi nttn S fEAII CEIIERATOR SAHPI.F(

Cotffhlttttt!(fC hIlt Sht(P[,E:

AOV 573G CIIECK VLV, 1599 occ/>> ln I ~ OS cc/mbi 2/16/79 i 2/13/79 15 CO)rrh(Jtt)Etrr AIR Sht)PI.I Out':

AOV 1597

1. 08 cc/mbi 2/13/79 16A h

STRA(I CLil(L'ILATORI)l OUI)OW(tt AQY 5737 0cc/mba 2/26/79 I Gl)

"Il""STI'.Atl CEIII:.Ith'I'Olt I)I.(L(t)OI(tt:

AOV 5730 Occ/min 2/26/79 17A 17)i CO(ffhltt(U(tfl'l(I!SSU)tlb I'-94i5 PT-946 Cptfl'Alt(Illt(T I'RFSSUIIE I"f-9(i7 SR)IS IIXI TEA))St)I'IfEIIS),,

RV-1 RV-2 I\\V-1 rim>>L

1. 09 cc/i>>ln 1.1 cc/min 1.1 cc min 2/17/79 2/17/79 2/14/79

~nTT9

YF.AR PRltlARY ISOI.ATIOII VALVF. TEST

'=

Tab).e 2.l.6.a.2.

SIIF.L-C 3 OF 7 1'T-23 SERIL IXCPB~gr~

170 IHY'IFNCI,A'IIIRE COICCAIHHEtfC PRESSUIFE SHHSIIRI TRANS.!

PIV II zlmcnn RV-I RV-2 RV"3 CHECK VI.V, 8G2h TEST h'ItIOSPHERE

,I'htthg I'0 ccmln 1.09cc min 1 09 cc/mba 2 plcc/min RIISUleTS 2/12/79 2/12/79 2/12/79 2/21/79 18A "h" COHTAItlHEttT SPRAY"HEADER!

tlAHUAL VLV.

86hh 2,01cc/min 2/21/79 188 SPRAY NEAIIER'HECK VLV.

8G2h HAHUAL VLV.

8GAU 2.01cc/mtn 2 ~ Olcc/min 2/21/79 2/21/79 CHECK VLV, 889h 2 02cc/mba 2/21/79 8898 2.02cc/min 2/21/79 SAFETY

- INJECTIOII S YSTEII!

CHECK VIV.

870A t!AIIUALVLV.

879 Occ/min Occ/min 2/21/79 2/21/79 CHECK VLV.

0708 Occ/min 2/21/79 ll&

HhtjUAI. VI.V.

87 I}I'I Lc/min 2/21/79

YEAR '19 I'-'23 SEPILc~

HIXIEIICLA11IRE

~ICED t

A~

PRIHAIIY.'SOLATIOH VAIVll ~cST PIV II Table 2.1.6.a.2 SHEET 4 ~~

7 45QfgCX~MH R,C,D. T, GAS IIPADER; AOV 178 7

2. 03 cc/min 2/20/79 21 It.C.D.T, CAS AIIALYZER:

CIIECK VLV, 1713 AOV 1789 2.03 cc/iabi 2.03 cc/ialn 2/20/79 2/16/79 22 R.C.D.T.

DISCIIARCE AOV 1721 1.09 cc/tabt 2/23/79 23 SIBIP "A" DISCIIARGE AOV 1728 1.09 cc/rain 2/24/79 I

24 REACTOlt SUPPORT COOLERS (Ittl.t",C & OUTI.ET)

HOV 813 MOV 814 0 CC/ailn

1. 09 cc/win 2/19/79 2/19/79 26 AUX. COOl.htlT SYSTEM" "A" RCP CIIECK VI.V, 750A 1.09 cc/win 2/16/79 27 AUX. COOLAIIT SYSmt-

"8" RCP CIIECK VLV.

7508

1. 09 cc/min 2/17/79 29 AUX. COOIJVIT SYSTI>I FIIOII-

"h" RCP

.AUX, CO04Ufl SYSTEM FttOII" "8" RCP HOV 759A HOV 7598

1. 09 cc/mba 1.09 cc/ial n 2/16/79 2/18/79

I ~ illa L 8 inamunt iMtLAtlun VAI,YE u'"<T Table 2.1.6.a.2 SltrET 5 iili 7 PT-23 SCIIII.

30 NIXIFNCI.AHIIIE AUX. COOI.ANT SYSTEII IOICESS I.E'IVINII (Stt)'PI.Y & IIETU)lt))t PIV I) all CK VLV, 74i3 AOV 77i5

'IEST lilll081'IUIIIE I.lthKACE 1.09cc/min 1.09 cc/Inin RF'IUI:Pi

~O lX~J~IQM 2/17/79 2/17/79 It)STRI)tU NT AIR; CIIECK VLV, 5393 I ()8 cc/slin 3/21/79

~ 33 SERVICE AIR)

IIANUALVI.V.

7226 1.08 cc/min 3/17/79 34i Dl PRIISS, AT PIIIERI AOV 7970 1.0 cc/min 2/20/79 36 PUI)CE SUPPI.Y; PUIIOE IOUIAUSTI AOV 5870 AOV 5878 19.26 cc/min 56 ~ 17 CC/mill Negative leakage due to temp. variation during test 11/15/79 i 11/15/79 39 DQIIItERAI.IEED NATER:

IIANUAL VI.V.

8419 19 '

cc/min 3/17/79 AiO AUX, STEAN SUPPJ.Y CONDENSATE Rl;IV)lit:

HANUAL VLV, 6151

>IANUAI. VLV, 6175 1.08 cc/min 1.08 cc/min 3/17/79 3/17/79 42 I.EAKACE TIIST DEPRFSS; DLIND

}78IIGE 0 CC/min 2/12/79 4i3 I.IIAKACE TFST St)PI'I.Y:

DI.IUD FI.ANCE 0 CC/illin 2/12/79

XEAR '9 PRIHARX ISOLATIOII VALVF. 'JEST Table 2.1.6.a.2 SIIEEr G OF 7 PT-23 SERI.

I!AX.IEIICI,A'lURE TFST h'IHOSI'IUIIIE i

PIV IF I.RAKAGE RF!8UI.'1$

AIA t!~~~ ~

A i~

SL ~!~

44 I.l'.AKAGL'EST DRPILESS. i

. DI.ItlD FIQDGE 0 cc/iAin 2/12/79 TUDIIIG CAP dl 0 cc/iAln 2/12/79 45 LEAKAGE TEST ItlSTRUHEIIYATIOR:

0 cc/intn 2/12/79 0 cc/IAIn 2/12/79 hiG ll2 TO ACCUIIALATORI AOV 84i6 1.09 CC/)Atn 2/20/79 i

Gi8 DEADllEIGIITTESTERI HAIIUALVLV 549h 0 cc/!Ain 2/12/79 hi 9 COllY. FIRE SERVICE ll20:

IIAIIUALVLVi

'IAIIUAL VLV.

Ill 2.01 cc/inin 1.09 cc/intn 2/24/79 2/12/79 5OA CORYAItklEtff POST ACCIDEIFP AIR SAHII.E (CL601 IIIY, DIJXi,):

1.09 CC/)Atn 2/12/79 1.09 cc/iatn 2/12/79 508 a)tffhltt)IEIFf POSY ACCII)L'tlTAIlt,SAIIPI3'.

(COIITILOI.I.ED Itff. DLIC.);

HAIIUALVLV.

1563 ill 1566

/I2 1.08 cc/)Ain 1.01 CC/)Atn 2/14/79 2/14/79

(nhn

( /

i nl(IARY La)0(ihLLOll VhtsVI( >

~ C Table 2.l.6.a.2 J

SIIEIPI' n4' PT-23 SI:Rlo c Z g~~X

~WC'((KIEIICI h'IV RE Al XL C~~~~~4R TPPST A'ILIOS1'III'Rl'I V 8

~

Ixhah(:y.

RIDIARKS

~JCMDCL l~ C~&~rafQR 500 51A CO(IT. POST ACCLIIEtrT hI!l Shtll%E (h(IK, DILXI,)(

"A" IIYDROGEII REC(UU(ll(I R(

tlhl(GAL VI.V l(1 1569 f2 1572 SOY 3(IIOID VAI,VE IV3A IV5A 1,09 cc/min pg cc/min 9,35 CC/mlII 1.08 cc/min 2/17/79 2/17/79 2/13/79 2/13/79 "D" ltYDROGEII IV3D 1.1 cc/min 2/14/79 510 DECO( UIIIU)ER (

IV5D 1.1 cc/mbn 2/14/79 I

510 "A" & "Iln l(YDROGEtl RECQUllt(ER OXYCL'll HhKE-IIP:

IV2A IV2D 1 ~ 0 cc/min 1.0 cc/min 2/14/79 2/14/79

"YEAR 1979 SECONDMQf ISOLATION VALVE TEST Table 2.1.6.a.3 SHEB1' of 2 PT-23 SERIES HAKE UP NATLR %) PRESSURE Bhl IEP TANK COUP+ AIR SANPLB INLBl'.

SIVA MV 1598 TESZ'DJOSPIERE LEAKAGE 2.0 cc/min 1.09 cc/min 2/20/79 4/20/79 20 Mi1 1786 2.03 cc/min 2/20/79 22 R.C.D.T DISQlAUGE NH 1003A 0.54 cc/min 2/23/79 1003U 0.54 cc/min 2/23/79 23 SRJP "A" DISQJARGE:

1723 1.09 cc/min 2/24/79 32 INST8%1EWP AIR 5392 1.08 cc/min 3/21/79 DEPRESSURIZATION AT HNER AOV

~

7971 1.0 cc/min 2/20/79 35 PURGE hlJPPLY AQI 5869 0

cc/min ll/15/79 36 PURGE EXJ!AUST 5879 0

cc/min 11/15/79

YEAR 1979 SBXNRRY ISOLATIMVALVE TEST Table 2.1.6.a.3 TEST AKCSPIIEBE SIIEET 2 of 2 LEAK TESZ IXPBR5:

NH 7444 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79 43 IZAK TEST SUP. IIEADER-'X'443 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79 LEAK 'IEST lRPRESS.

HChl 7445 2.38 cc/min 2/12/79

Table 2.1.6.a.4 COtITAINMEtIT PENETRATIOtIS LEAK RATE TEST

'I77 I' I It ti; IPAI'ACAr.

22. 1
22. 2
22. 3 22.4 22.5 22.6 22.7
22. 0 2?.9
22. 10
22. I I
22. 12

?2. U 22.)n 22.15

22. 16
22. 17
22. IM
22. I9
22. 2(t
22. 2l 22.22 Personnel Ilatch (l>et~en Vk)nipaent Ilatch (Oetmen I

Iwrs<>nnel Ilatch (Calyx>I>y) tktnii><>ent Itatch (I u>oi>y)

Vi)nil>>>est tlat.ch 0-ri>x3 tktch tt>nifold h Hech. Hanil.old II tkwh. Hanifol<l C Hoch. H;>nifold I>

tie<<h. tL'u>ifold V tkwh. H.u>ifohl G ttech. H;<nifo)d II tkah. ILanifold I tk'.<<h. Ik>ni fold,7 tk:ch. I4nifold K Iilectrical Ilinifoldll I'.Iectrical Hani fold 12 I iectrical tlan) fold l3 ttechanical tL<nitol<) I, V<>el 'I7<tu>sfes Via>xge Ik>ors)

Xx)Di)

IXI<>117>>ent (latch (l>oos Seals) personnel liatch (I>oor mals) ll/9/79

)1/16>/79 5/10/79 2/19/79 2/21/79 2/21/79 11/15/79 2/20//9 2/20/79 2/20/79 2/20/79 1I/I!I/79 11/15/79 5/) 1/79 2/20/79 2/20/79 2/19/79 2/19/79 2/22/79 3/15/79 3/19/79 0<>t

2. 12 In 0

Out 7.03 In 0

170.95

-151.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 2.0II 0.00 1.13 0.00 3.1l 5.65

-110.90 1.92 1.00 212.99 0.00 32.22 J

09 1.00 NOTE:

Negative leakage due to temp. variations during test.

Section 2.1.6.b DESIGN REVIEW OF PLANT SHIELDING AND ENVIRON-MENTAL UALIFICATION OF E UIPMENT FOR SPACES SYSTEMS WHICH MAY BE USED IN POST-ACCIDENT OPERATIONS POSITION With the assumption of a post-accident release of radioactivity equivalent to that described in Regulatory Guides 1.3 and 1.4, each licensee shall perform a

radiation and shielding design review of the spaces around systems that may, as a result of an accident, contain highly radioactive materials.

The design review should identify the location of vital areas and equipment, such as the control

room, radwaste control stations, emergency power supplies, motor control centers, and instrument areas, in which personnel occupancy may be unduly limited or safety equipment may be unduly degraded by the radiation fields during post-accident operations of these systems.

Each licensee shall provide for adequate'ccess to vital areas and protection of safety equipment by design changes, increased permanent or temporary shield-ing, or post-accident procedural controls.

The design review shall determine which types of corrective actions are needed for vital areas throughout the facility.

CLARIFICATION Any area which will or may require occupancy to permit an operator to aid in the mitigation of or recovery from an accident is designated as a vital area.

In order to assure that personnel can perform necessary post-accident operations in the vital areas, we are providing the following guidance to be used by licensees to evaluate the adequacy of radiation protection to the operators:

Source Term The minimum radioactive source term should be equivalent to the source terms recommended, in Regulatory Guides 1.3, 1.4, 1.7 and Standard Review Plan 15.6.5 with appropriate decay times based on plant design.

a.

Liquid Containing Systems:

100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas inventory, 50~ of the core equilibrium halogen inventory and 1% of all others are assumed to be mixed in the reactor coolant and liquids by HPCI and LPCI.

b.

Gas Containing Systems:

100~ of the core equilibrium noble gas in-ventory and 25', of the core equilibrium halogen activity are assumed to be mixed in the containment atmosphere.

For gas containing lines connected to the primary system (e.g.,

BWR steam lines) the concentra-tion of radioactivity shall be determined assuming the activity is contained in the gas space in the primary coolant system.

2.

Dose Rate Criteria The dose >ate for personnel in a vital area should be such that the guide-lines of GDC 19 should not be exceeded during the. course of the accident.

GDC 19 limits the dose to an operator to 5 Rem whole body or its equivalent to any part of the body.

When determining the dose to an operator, care must be taken to determine the necessary occupancy time in a specific area.

For example, areas requiring continuous occupancy will require much lower dose rates than areas where minimal occupany is required.

Therefore, allowable dose rates will be based upon expected occupancy, as well as the radioactive source terms and shielding.

However, in order to provide a general design objective, we are providing the following dose rate criteria with alternatives to be documented on a case-by-case basis.

The recommended dose rates are average rates in the area.

Local hot spots may exceed the dose rate guidelines provided occupancy is not required at the location of the hot spot.

These doses are design objectives and are not

. to be used to limit access in the event of an accident.

a.

Areas Re uirin Continuous Occu anc

<15mr/hr.

These areas will require full time occupancy during the course of the accident.

The Control Room and onsite technical support center are areas where con-tinuous occupancy will be required.

The dose rate for these areas is based on the control room occupancy factors contained in SRP 6.4.

b.

Areas Re uirin Infre uent Access:

GDC 19.

These areas may require access on a regular basis, but not continuous occupancy.

Shielding should be provided to allow access at a frequency and duration estimated by the licensee.

The plant Radiochemical/Chemical Analysis Laboratory, radwaste

panel, motor control center, instrumentation locations, and reactor coolant and containment gas sample stations are examples where occupancy may be needed often but not continuously.

RGSE Res onse A radiation and design review has been completed to determine whether post-accident radiation fields unduly limit personnel access to areas necessary for mitigation of, or'ecovery from an accident; or unduly degrade the proper operation of safety equipment.

This review was accomplished using the recommendations and guidelines of NUREG-0568 and subsequent clarifications as provided by the NRC.

Appendix A presents details of the evaluation.

The review identified the most critical areas requiring personnel access following the onset of extreme accident conditions following a postulated major release of radioactivity into the Containment Building.

Consideration was given to areas where predetermined post-accident functions would be performed (Nuclear Sample

Room, Chemistry laboratory, Count Room, Control Room and air sample penetrations) and to areas where personnel could be called upon to execute certain accident-mitigating or short-term recovery tasks (hydrogen recombiner
panel, radwaste panel and building ventilation filters).

Potential radiation exposures were determined for each task and included additional exposure due to accessing the areas where Tasks would be performed.

33 We have concluded that the actions which may be taken under the conservative post-accident conditions assumed in this analysis, can be accomplished without causing undue radiation exposures to personnel.

We have also identified certain areas which may require modifica-tions to existing procedures, shielding, and/or relocation of equipment.

These are discussed in detail in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and additionally in the RGSE response to Item 2.1.8.a.

We are currently investigating both portable and permanent radia-tion shielding designs to reduce potential worker exposure result-ing from post-accident sampling operations.

Portable shadow shield-ing for post.-accident sample collection, handling and analysis will be procured by January 1,

1981.

Additional shielded sample con-tainers for transport and disposal of samples will be made avail-able at the earliest possible date prior to January 1,

1981.

Major modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocations in relation to the primary sampling and waste gas systems are proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A.

These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considera-tions.

Relocation of radwaste panel indications and control functions is also proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A and is under current consideration.

Those major modifications which will be completed as of January 1,

1981 include the following:

Location Com onent Modification 1.

Nuclear Sample Room Sample Coolers (I.B. elev. 271')

Provide additional shielding around coolers.

2.

Access route by Nuclear Sample (I.B. elev. 271')

Access route into Auxiliary Building (I.B. elev. 271-278';

Aux. B. elev. 278')

Primary sample lines RHR system sample line Provide additional shielding around sample lines; or possible line re-routing Re-route sample line The qualification of safety-related equipment has also been re-viewed under the assumed accident condition guidance provided in NUREG-0578.

The results of that review are presented in Section 5.2 of Appendix A.

Section 2.1.7.a - AUTOMATIC INITIATIONOF THE AUXIZ,IARY FEEDWATER

~

~

~

~

POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements of General Design Criterion 20 of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 with respect to the timely initiation of the auxiliary feedwater

system, the following requirements shall be implemented in the short term:

1.

The design shall provide for the automatic initiation of the auxiliary feedwater system.

2.

The automatic initiation signals and circuits shall be designed so that a

single failure will not result in the loss of auxiliary feedwater system function.

3.

Testability of the initiating signals and circuits shall be a feature of the design.

4.

The initiating signals and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.

5.

Manual capability to initiate the auxiliary feedwater system from the control room shall be retained and shall be implemented so that a single failure in the manual circuits will not result in the loss of system functions.

6.

The a-c motor-driven pumps and valves in the auxiliary feedwater system shall be included in the automatic actuation (simultaneous and/or sequential) of the loads to the emergency buses.

7.

The automatic initiating signals and circuits shall be designed so that their failure will not result in the loss of manual capability to initiate the AFWS from the control room.

In the Long Term, the automatic initiation signals and circuits shall be upgraded in accordance with safety grade requirement.

CLARIFICATION Control Grade (Short-Term) 1.

Provide automatic/manual initiation of AFWS.

2.

Testability of the initiating signals and circuits is required.

3.

Initiating signals and circuits shall be powered from the emergency buses.

4.

Necessary pumps and valves shall be included in the automatic sequence of the loads to the emergency buses.

Verify that the addition of these loads does not compromise the emergency diesel generating capacity.

5.

Failure in the automatic circuits shall not result in the loss of manual

~

~

capability to initiate the AFHS from the control room.

6.

Other Considerations a.

For those designs where instrument air is needed for operation, the electric power supply requirement should be capable of being manually connected to emergency power sources.

RGSE Res onses I'onformance with the reguirements of this position was documented by letter dated December 14, 1979 from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.

Ziemann, USNRC.

36 Section 2.1.7.b - AUXILIARYFEEDWATER FLOW INDICATION TO STEAM

~

~

GENERATORS POSITION Consistent with satisfying the requirements set forth in GDC 13 to provide the capability in the control room to ascertain the actual performance of the AFWS when it is called to perform its intended function, the following requirements shall be implemented:

1.

Safety-grade indication of auxiliary feedwater flow to each steam generator shall be provided in the control room.

2.

The auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall be powered from the emergency buses consistent with satisfying the emergency power diversity requirements of the auxiliary feedwater system set forth in Auxiliary Systems Branch Technical Position 10-1 of the Standard Review Plan, Section 10.4.9.

CLARIFICATION A.

Control Grade Short-Term 1.

Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to each steam generator shall satisfy the single failure criterion.

2.

Testability of the auxiliary feedwater flow indication channels shall be a feature of the design.-

3.

Auxiliary feedwater flow instrument channels shall be powered from the vital instrument buses.

B.

Safet

-Grade Lon -Term 1.

Auxiliary feedwater flow indication to each steam generator shall satisfy safety-grade requirements.

C.

Other For the Short-Term the flow indication channels should by themselves satisfy the single failure criterion for each steam generator.

As a fall-back position, one auxiliary feed water flow channel may be backed up by a steam generator level channel.

2.

Each auxiliary feed water channel should provide an indication of feed flow with an accuracy on the order of 2 10%.

Conformance with the requirements of this position was documented by letter dated December 14, 1979 from L. D. White, Jr. to D. L.

Ziemann, USNRC.

37 Section 2.1.8.a IMPROVED POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING CAPABILITY POSITION A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and containment atmosphere sampling systems shall be performed to 'determine the capability of personnel to promptly obtain (less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />) a sample under accident conditions without incurring a radiation exposure to any individual in excess of 3 and 18 3/4 Rems to the whole body or extremities, respectively.

Accident conditions should assume a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release of fission products.

If the review indicates that personnel could not promptly and safely obtain the samples, addi-tional design features or shielding should be provided to meet the criteria.

A design and operational review of the radiological spectrum analysis facilities shall be performed to determine the capability to promptly quantify (less than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />) certain radioisotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage.

Such radionuclides are noble gases (which indicate cladding failure), iodines and cesiums (which indicate high fuel temperatures),

and non-volatile isotopes (which indicate fuel melting).

The initial reactor coolant spectrum should cor-respond to a Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 release.

The review should also con-sider the effects of direct radiation from piping and components in the auxiliary building and possible contamination and direct radiation from airborne effluents. If the review indicates that the analyses required cannot be per-formed in a prompt manner with existing equipment,then design modifications or equipment procurement shall be undertaken to meet the criteria.

In addition to the radiological analyses, certain chemical analyses are necessary for monitoring reactor conditions.

Procedures shall be provided to perform boron and chloride chemical analyses assuming a highly radioactive initial sample (Regulatory Guide 1.3 or 1.4 source term).

Both analyses shall be capable of being performed promptly, i.e.,

the boron analysis within an hour and the chloride sample analysis within a shift.

DISCUSSION The primary purpose of implementing Improved Post-Accident Sampling Capability is to improve 'efforts to assess and control the course of an accident by:

1.

Providing information related to the extent of core damage that has occurred or may be occurring during an accident; 2.

Determining the types and quantities of fission products released'o the containment in the liquid and gas phase and which may be released to the environment; 3.

Providing information on coolant chemistry (e.g., dissolved

gas, boron and pH) and containment hydrogen.

The above information requires a capability to perform the following analyses:

1.

Radiological and chemical analyses of pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant liquid samples;

38 2.

Radiological and hydrogen analyses of containment atmosphere (air) samples.

CLARIFICATION The licensee shall have the capability to promptly obtain (in less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />) pressurized and unpressurized reactor coolant samples and a containment atmos-phere (air) sample.

The licensee shall establish a plan for an onsite radiological and chemical analysis facility'ith the capability to provide, within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of obtaining, the sample, quantification of the following:

1.

certain isotopes that are indicators of the degree of core damage (i.e.,

noble gases, iodines and cesiums and non-volatile isotopes),

2.

hydrogen levels in the containment atmosphere in the range 0 to 10 volume

percent, 3.

dissolved gases (i.e.,

H 0 ) and boron concentration of liquids.

or have in-line monitoring capabilities to perform the above analysis.

Plant procedures for the handling and analysis of samples, minor plant modifications for taking samples and a design review and procedural modifications (if necessary) shall be completed by January 1, 1981.

During the review of the post accident sampling capability consideration should be given to the following items:

1.

Provisions shall be made to permit containment atmosphere sampling under both positive and negative containment pressure.

I 2.

The licensee shall consider provisions for purging sample lines, for reducing plateout in sample lines, for minimizing sample loss or distortion, for preventing blockage of sample lines by loose material in the RCS or containment, for appropriate disposal of the samples, and for passive flow restrictions to limit reactor coolant loss or containment air leak from a rupture of the sample line.

3.

If changes or modifications to the existing sampling system are required, the seismic design and quality group classification for sampling lines and components shall conform to the classification of the system to which each sampling line is connected.

Components and piping downstream of the second isolation valve can be designed to quality Group D and nonseismic Category I requirements.

The licensee's radiological sample analysis capability should include provisions to-a.

Identify and quantify the isotopes of the nuclide categories discussed above to levels corresponding to the source terms given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b.

Mhere necessary, ability to dilute samples to provide capability for measurement and reduction of personnel

exposure, should be provided.

Sensitivity of onsite analysis capability should be such as to permit measurement of nuclide concentration in the range from approximately 1

pCi/gm to the upper levels indicated here.

39

~

Restrict background levels of radiation in the radiological and chemical analysis facility from sources such that the sample analysis will provide results with an acceptably small error (approximately a factor of 2).

This can be accomplished through the use of sufficient shielding around samples and outside sources, and by the use of ventilation system design which will control the presence of airborne radioactivity.

c.

Haintain plant procedures which identify the analysis

required, measurement techniques and provisions for reducing background levels.

The licensees chemical analysis capability shall consider the presence of the radiological source term indicated for the radiological analysis.

In performing the review of sampling and analysis capability, consideration shall be given to personnel occupational exposure.

Procedural changes and/or plant modifications must assure that it shall be possible to obtain and analyze a sample while incurring a radiation dose to any individual that is as low as reasonably achievable and not in excess of GDC 19.

In assuring that these limits are met, the following criteria will be used by the staff.

1.

For shielding calculations, source terms shall be as given in Lessons Learned Item 2.1.6.b.

2.

Access to the sample station and the radiological and chemical analysis facilities shall be through areas which are accessible in post accident situations and which are provided with sufficient shielding to assure that the radiation dose criteria are met.

3.

Operations in the sample station,:handling of highly radioactive samples from the sample station to the analysis facilities, and handling while working with the samples in the analysis facilities shall be such that the radiation dose criteria are met.

This may involve sufficient shielding of personnel from the samples and/or the dilution of samples for analysis.

If the existing facilities do not satisfy these criteria, then additional design features, e.g., additional shielding, remote handling, etc. shall be provided.

The radioactive sample lines in the sample station, the samples themselves in the analysis facilities, and other radioactive lines of the vicinity of the sampling station and analysis facilities shall be included in the evaluation.

4.

High range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters should be provided to permit rapid assessment of high exposure rates and accumulated personnel exposure.

The licensee shall demonstrate their capability to obtain and analyze a sample containing the isotopes discussed above according to the criteria given in this section.

RG&E Res onse A design and operational review of the reactor coolant and con-tainment atmosphere sampling systems was performed to determine the improvements necessary for the prompt. collection, handling and analysis of reguired post-accident samples without incurring ex-

cessive personnel radiation exposure.

This review was performed

'ollowing the guidelines of NUREG-0578 and subsequent clarification given in the October 30, 1979 letter from H. Denton to all operating nuclear power facilities.

We have identified certain procedural changes and equipment modifications which will be implemented in order to maintain personnel exposures within the accident, dose criteria of 5 rem (GDC 19).

Plant procedures for the handling and analysis of post-accident samples have been developed and will be implemented by January 1,

1980.

New procedures which have been provided are:

PC 23.1 Emergency Sampling of Primary Coolant PC 23.2

'ontainment Atmosphere Sampling and Analysis During Containment Isolation These procedures address the sample locations, radiological pre-cautions (including use of shields),

sample dilution requirements, means of handling the samples and necessary modifications to normal analytical procedures.

Sample lines at, a containment post-accident air sample penetration have been shortened to further reduce potential radiation exposure.

A variety of high range portable survey instruments and personnel dosimeters are available on site for rapid asssessment of personnel exposures.

Based upon the results of the shielding design review performed in response to Item 2.1.6.b, we have identified those plant areas where sampling system components need additional radiation shield-ing or relocation in order to reduce potential exposure to personnel under extreme post-accident conditions.

Portable shadow shielding designs are now being investigated for use in sample collection, handling and analysis.

Procurement of the portable shielding will be completed by January 1,

1981.

Shielded sample containers are now available onsite and additional containers for transport-ing and disposing of the sample will be made available at the earliest possible date, prior to January 1,

1981.

Alternative sampling methods for radiological and chemical analyses (boron,

~

H 0

) are currently being investigated.

Continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere (0 to 10%

hydrogen concentration range) will be provided in the Control Room by January 1,

1981 (see

Response

to Item 2.1.9).

Major sampling system modifications involving permanent shielding additions or piping relocation have been proposed in Section 4.0 of Appendix A to the Item 2.1.6.b response.

These are currently under review for seismic and other structural considerations.

Therefore, we have concluded from our design and operational review that prompt collection and analysis of post-accident samples can be performed un'der the extreme conditions postulated

in NUREG-0578 without unacceptable exposure to personnel from radiation and airborne radioactivity.

Certain procedural and eguipment improvements will be implemented in a timely manner to maintain personnel exposures from emergency sampling operations within the dose guidelines of NUREG-0578.

Section 2.1.8.b -

INCREASED RANGE OF RADIATION MONITORS POSITION The requirements associated with this recommendation should be considered as advanced implementation of certain requirements to be included in a revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97, "Instrumentation to Follow the Course of an Accident,"

which has already been initiated, and in other Regulatory Guides, which will be promulgated in the near-term.

Noble gas effluent monitors shall be installed with an extended range designed to function during accident conditions as well as during normal operating conditions; multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest.

a.

Noble gas effluent monitors with an upper range capacity of 10 5 uCi/cc (Xe-133) are considered to be practical and should be installed in all operating plants.

~

b.

Noble gas effluent monitoring shall be provided for the total range of concentration extending from normal condition (ALARA) concentra-tions to a maximum of 10 uCi/cc (Xe-133).

Multiple monitors are considered to be necessary to cover the ranges of interest.

The range capacity of individual monitors shall overlap by a factor of ten.

Since iodine gaseous effluent monitors for the accident conditions are not considered to be practical at this time, capability for effluent monitoring of radioiodines for the accident condition shall be provided with sampling conducted by absorption on charcoal or other media, followed by on-site laboratory analysis.

3.

In-containment radiation level monitors with a maximum range of 10 8 rad/hr [total or 10 rad/hr photon] shall, be installed.

A minimum of two such monitors that are physically separated shall be provided.

Monitors shall be designed and qualified to function in an accident environment.

DISCUSSION The January 1,

1980 requirement, were specifically added by the Commission and were not included in NUREG-0578.

The purpose of the interim January 1,

1980 requirement is to assure that licensees have methods of quantifying radioactivity releases should the existing effluent instrumentation go offscale.

CLARIFICATION 1.

Radiological Noble Gas Effluent Monitors A.

January 1,

1980 Requirements Until final implementation in January 1,

1981, all operating reactors must provide, by January 1, 1980, an interim method for quantifying high level releases which meets the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.l.

This method is to serve only as a provisional fix with the more de-

0

43 tailed, exact methods to follow.

Methods are to be developed to quantify release rates of up to 10,000 Ci/sec for noble gases from all potential release points, (e.g., auxiliary building, radwaste building, fuel handling building, reactor building, waste gas decay tank releases, main condenser air ejector, BWR main condenser vacuum pump exhaust, PWR steam safety valves and atmosphere steam dump valves and BWR turbine buildings) and any other areas that communicate directly with systems which may contain primary coolant or containment

gases,

(.e.g, letdown and emergency core cooling systems and external recom-biners).

Measurements/analysis capabilities of the effluents at the final release point (e.g.,

stack) should be such that measurements of individual sources which contribute to a common release point may not be necessary.

For assessing radioiodine and particulate releases, special procedures must be developed for the 'removal and analysis of the radioiodine/particulate sampling media (i.e., charcoal canister/

filter paper).

Existing sampling locations are expected to be ade-quate; however, special procedures for retrieval and analysis of the sampling media under accident conditions (e.g., high air and surface contamination and direct radiation levels) are needed.

It is intended that the monitoring capabilities called for in the interim can be accomplished with existing instrumentation or readily available instrumentation.

For noble gases, modifications to existing monitoring systems, such as the use of portable high range survey instruments, set in shielded collimators so that they "see" small sections of sampling lines is an acceptable method for meeting the in-tent of this requirement.

Conversion 'of the measured dose rate (mR/hr) into concentration (pCi/cc) can be performed using standard volume source calculations.

A method'must be developed with sufficient accuracy to quantify the iodine releases in the presence of high back-ground radiation from noble gases collected on charcoal filters.

Seismically qualified equipment and equipment meeting IEEE-279 is not required.

The licensee shall provide the following information on his methods to quantify gaseous releases of radioactivity from the plant during an accident.

1.

Noble Gas Effluents a.

System/Method description including:

i)

Instrumentation to be used including range or sen-sitivity, energy dependence, and calibration frequency and technique, ii)

Monitoring/sampling locations, including methods to assure representative measurements and background radia-tion correction,

A description of method to be employed to facilitate access to radiation readings.

For January 1, 1980, Control room read-out is preferred; however, if im-practical, in-situ readings by an individual with verbal communication with the Control Room is acceptable based on (iv) below.

iv)

Capability to obtain radiation readings at least every 15 minutes during an accident.

v)

Source of power to be used.

If normal AC power is

used, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is used, the source should be capable of providing continuous readout for 7 consecutive days

~

b.

Procedures for conducting all aspects of the measurement/

analysis including:

i)'rocedures for minimizing occupational exposures ii)

Calculational methods for converting instrument read-ings to release rates based on exhaust air flow and taking into consideration radionuclide spectrum distri-bution as function of time after shutdown.

iii)

Procedures for dissemination of information.

iv)

Procedures for calibration.

B.

January 1,

1981 Requirements By January 1, 1981, the licensee shall provide high range noble gas effluent monitors for each release path.

The noble gas effluent monitor should meet the requirements of Table 2.1

~ 8.b.2.

The licensee shall also provide the information given in Sections 1.A.l.a.i, 1.A.l.a.ii, 1.A.l.b.ii, 1.A.l.B.iii, and 1.A.l.b.iv above for the noble gas effluent monitors.

2.

Radioiodine and Particulate Effluents A.

For January 1,

1980 the licensee should provide the following:

1.

System/Method description including:

a)

Instrumentation to be used for analysis of the sampling media with discussion on methods used to correct for potentially interfering background levels of radioactivity.

b)

Monitoring/sampling location.

c)

Method to be used for retrieval and handling of sampling media to minimize occupational exposure.

d)

Method to be used for data analysis of individual radio-nuclides in the presence of high levels of radioactive noble gases.

e)

If normal AC power is used for sample collection and analysis equipment, an alternate back-up power supply should be pro-vided. If DC power is" used, the source should be capable of providing continuous read-out for 7 consecutive days.

I 2.

Procedures for conducting all aspects of the measurement analysis including:

a)

Minimizing occupational exposure b)

Calculational methods for determining release rates c)

Procedures for dissemination of information d)

Calibration frequency and technique B.

For January 1, 1981, the licensee should have the capability to continuously sample and provide onsite analysis of the sampling media.

The licensee should also provide the information required in 1.A above.

~

~

3.

Containment Radiation Monitors Provide b Januar 1

1981 two radiation monitor Y

y systems in containment which are documented to meet the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.2.

It is possible that future regulatory requirements for emergency planning inter-faces may necessitate identification of different types of radionuclides in the containment air, e.g.,

noble gases (indication of core damage) and non-volatiles (indication of core melt).

Consequently, consideration should be given to the possible installation or future conversion of these monitors to perform this function.

,r w

TABLE 2.1-.8.b.l INTERIH PROCEDURES FOR UANTIFYING HIGH LEVEL ACCIDENTAL RADIOACTIVITYRELEASES Licensees are to implement procedures for estimating noble gas and radio-iodine release rates if the existing effluent instrumentation goes off scale.

Examples of major elements of a highly radioactive effluent release special procedures (noble gas).

4 Preselected location to measure radiation from the exhaust air, e.g.,

exhaust duct or sample line.

Provide shielding to minimize background interference.

Use of an installed monitor (preferable) or dedicated portable monitor (acceptable) to measure the radiation.

Predetermined calculational method to convert the radiation level to radioactive effluent release rate.

TABLE 2.1.8.b.2 HIGH RANGE EFFLUENT MONITOR NOBLE GASES ONLY RANGE:

(Overlap with Normal Effluent Instrument UNDILUTED CONTAINMENT EXHAUST DILUTED (>10:

1)

CONTAINMENT EXHAUST MARK I BWR REACTOR. BUILDING EXHAUST PWR SECONDARY CONTAINMENT EXHAUST BUILDINGS WITH SYSTEMS CONTAINING PRIMARY COOLANT OR GASES OTHER BUILDINGS (E.G.,

RADWASTE)

NOT REDUNDANT -

1 PER NORMAL RELEASE POINT Range) 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCi/CC 10 pCilCC SEISMIC - NO POWER " VITAL INSTRUMENT BUS SPECIFICATIONS - PER.

R.G. 1.97 AND ANSI N320"1979 DISPLAY*:

CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING WITH READOUTS IN THE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC)

AND EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EOC)

QUALIFICATIONS - NO

  • Although not a present requirement, it is likely that this information may have to be transmitted to the NRC.

Consequently, consideration should be given to this possible future requirement when designing the display interfaces.

48 TABLE 2.1.8.b.3 HIGH RANGE CONTAINHENT RADIATION HONITOR RADIATION:

TOTAL RADIATION (ALTERNATE:

PHOTON ONLY)

RANGE:

UP TO 10 RAD/HR (TOTAL RADIATION)

ALTERNATE:.10 R/HR (PHOTON RADIATION ONLY) 7 SENSITIVE DOWN TO 60 KEV PHOTONS*

REDUNDANT:

TWO PHYSICALLY SEPARATED UNITS SEISHIC:

PER R.

G. 1.97 POWER:

VITAL INSTRUHENT BUS SPECIFICATIONS:

PER.

R.G. 1.97 REV.

2 and ANSI N320-1978 DISPLAY:

CONTINUOUS AND RECORDING CALIBRATION:

LABORATORY CALIBRATION ACCEPTABLE

  • Honitors must. not provide misleading information to the operators assuming delayed core damage when the 80 KEV photon Xe-133 is the major noble gas present.

RGB'es onses 2.1.8.b.1 Procedure PC-23.3 titled "Estimation of Noble Gas Release Rate From Plant Vent During Accident Conditions" to be used for estimat-ing the rate of noble gas release through the plant vent, if normal instrumentation is indicating above scale releases has been written.

This procedure utilizes a hand-held j.nstrument from which the curie content of a known volume in the vent line can be determined.

The procedure has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent.

Eberline Model SPING-4 effluent samplers are planned for installa-tion on release paths.

The SPING-4 low and mid-range detectors overlap by a factor of 2.4 instead of the overlap of 10 suggested in the staff position.

Conversations with members of the Environ-mental Evaluation Branch have confirmed that this is acceptable, however.

2.1.8.b.2 Procedure HP-11.2 Iodine in Air-Charcoal Cartridge Method is used to determine the concentration of iodine in plant effluents.

A sample from the plant vent, is collected on a SAI OCP 100 or equivalent charcoal cartridge by a Trapelo MAP 63 which is located adjacent to the vent.

This unit, has a continuous readout in the control room using a single channel Sodium Iodide crystal.

The charocal cartridge is also counted in the laboratory on a Germanium Lithium system after it has been purged of noble gases.

Individual isotopes of radioiodines can be calculated as can other radio-nuclides from the prefilter.

Samples will be transported from the sample location to the laboratory in a shielded container if high radiation doses are encountered.

Two counting laboratories are available on-site with independent power sources.

2.1.8.b.3 Two Victoreen model 875 high range radiation monitors have been ordered for installation in the containment.

The monitors and associated equipment will be installed to meet7the requirements of Table 2.1.8.b.3 and will have a range of 10 R/hr (photon only).

In order to meet the required installation date of January 1,

1981, staff approval of this proposal is required by March 1, 1980.

Approval after that date may mean installation will be delayed.

Please notify us as early as possible of any potential problems.

50 Section 2.1.8.c -

IMPROVED IN-PLANT IODINE INSTRUMENTATION UNDER

~

~

~

ACCIDENT CONDITIONS POSITION Each licensee shall provide equipment and associated training and procedures for accurately determing the airborne iodine concentration in areas within the facility where plant personnel may be present during an accident.

CLARIFICATION Use of Portable versus Stationar Honitorin E ui ment

'I Effective monitoring of increasing iodine levels in the buildings under accident conditions must include the use of portable instruments for the following reasons:

a.

The physical size of the auxiliary/fuel handling building precludes locating stationary monitoring instrumentation at all areas where airborne iodine concentration data might be required.

b.

Unanticipated isolated "hot spots" may occur in locations where no sta-tionary monitoring instrumentation is located.

c.

Unexpectedly high background radiation levels near stationary monitoring instrumentation after an accident may interfere with filter radiation read-ings.

The time required to retrieve samples after an accident may result in high personnel exposures if these filters are located in high dose rate areas.

Iodine Filters and Neasurement Techni ues, A.

The following are short-term recommendations and shall be implemented by the licensee by Janaury 1, 1980.

The licensee shall have the capability to accurately detect the presence of iodine in the region of interest fol-lowing an accident.

This can be accomplished by using a portable or cart-mounted iodine sampler with attached single channe/3ynalyzer (SCA).

The SCA window should be calibrated to the 365 keV y(1 I.

A representative air sample shall be taken and then counted for I using the SCA.

This will give an initial conservative estimate of presence of iodine and can be used to determine if respiratory protection is required.

Care must be taken to assure that the counting system is not saturated as a result of too much activity collected on the sampling cartridge.

B.

By January 1, 1981:

The licensee shall have the capability to remove the sampling cartridge to a low background, low contamination area for further analysis.

This area should be ventilated with clean air containing no airborne radionuclides which may contribute to inaccuracies in analyzing the sample.

Here, the sample should first be purged of any entrapped noble gases using nitrogen gas or clean air free of noble gases.

The licensee shall have the capa-bility to measure accurately the iodine concentrations present on these samples and effluent charcoal samples under accident conditions.

No additional response required.

51 Section 2.1.9 TRANSIENT AND ACCIDENT ANALYSIS POSITION See NUREG-0578, page A-44.

DISCUSSION The scope of the required transient and accident analysis is discussed in NUREG-0578.

The schedule for these analyses is included in NUREG-0578 and is repro-duced in the Implementation Schedule attachment to this letter.

The Bulletins and Orders Task Force has been implementing these required analyses on that schedule.

The analysis of the small break loss of coolant accident has been submitted by each of the owners groups.

These analyses are presently under review by the BM Task Force.

The scope and schedule for the analysis of inadequate core cooling have been discussed and agreed upon in meetings between the owners groups and the BRO Task Force, and are documented in the minutes to those meetings.

The analysis of transients and accidents for the purpose of upgrading emergency procedures is due in early 1980 and the detailed scope and schedule of this analysis is the subject of continuing discussions between the owners groups and the B&P Task Force.

RG&E Res onse Analyses of small break loss-of-coolant accidents, symptoms of inadequate core cooling and required actions to restore core cooling, and analysis of transient and accident scenarios including operator actions not previously analyzed are being performed on a generic basic by the Westinghouse Owners'roup, of which RG&E is a member.

The small break analyses have been completed and were reported in WCAP-9600, which was submitted to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the Owners'roup on June 29, 1979.

Incorporated in that report were procedure guidelines that were developed as a result of small break analyses.

These guidelines have be~n reviewed and approved by the BSO Task Force and were present d t the Owners'roup utility representatives in a seminar held on October 16-19, 1979.

The work required to address the other two areas--inadequate core cooling and other transient and accident scenarios--has been per-formed in conjunction with schedules and requirements established by the Bulletins and Orders Task Force.

Analysis related to the defini-tion of inadequate core cooling and guidelines for recognizing the symptoms of inadequate core cooling based on existing plant instru-mentation and for restoring core cooling following a small break LOCA were submitted on October 31, 1979.

This analysis is a less detailed analysis than was originally proposed, and will be followed up with a more extensive and detailed analysis which will be available during the first quarter of 1980.

These guidelines were incorporated into specific plant procedures as applicable.

The scope of revisions included altering the fol-lowing existing emergency procedures:

52 4

i 1).

E-l.l Safety Injection System Actuation to Immediate Action

~

~

~

~

and Diagnostics for Spurious Actuation of SI, LOCA, Loss of Secondary

Coolant, and Steam Generator Tube Rupture.

2).

E-l.2 Loss of Reactor Coolant 3).

E-l.3 Steam Line Break to Loss of Secondary Coolant 4).

E-l.4 Steam Generator Tube Rupture 5).

E-l.5 Void Formation in Reactor Coolant System Training of operators on these revised emergency procedures has been completed.

With respect to other, transient and accidents contained in Chapter (14) of the FSAR, the Westinghouse Owners'roup will perform an evaluation of the actions which occur during an event by construct-ing sequence of event trees for each of the non-LOCA and LOCA transients.

,From these event trees a list of decision points for operator action will be prepared, along with a list of information available to the operator at. each decision point.

Criteria set for credible misoperation, and time available for operator decisions will be qualitatively assessed.

The information developed will then be used to test Abnormal and Emergency Operating Pro-cedures against the event sequences to determine if inadequacies exist in the procedures.

The results of this study will be provided

.to the Bulletins and Orders Task Force by the end of the first quarter of 1980 as mutually agreed.

The Owners'roup has also provided test predictions analysis of the LOFT L3-1 nuclear small break experiment.

This analysis was provided on December 15, 1979, in accordance with the schedule established mutually with the Bulletins and Orders Task Force.

Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT PRESSURE INDICATION

~

~

POSITION A continuous indication of containment pressure should be provided in the control room.

Heasurement and indication capability shall include three times the design pressure of the containment for concrete, four times the design pressure for steel, and minus five psig for all containments.

CLARIFICATION 1.

The containment pressure indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.

2.

The containment pressure monitor shall be installed by January 1, 1981.

RGSE Res onse RG&E will install containment pressure indication in conformance with the Staff position.

Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT WATER LEVEL INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of containment water level shall be provided in the control room for all plants.

A narrow range instrument shall be provided for PWRs and cover the range from the bottom to the top of the containment sump.

A wide range instrument shall also be provided for PWRs and shall cover the range from the bottom of the containment to the elevation equivalent to a 600,000 gallon capacity.

For BWRs, a wide range instrument shall be provided and cover the range from the bottom to 5 feet above the normal water level of the suppression pool.

CLARIFICATION 1.

The narrow range sump level instrument shall monitor the normal containment sump level vice the containment emergency sump level.

2.

The wide range containment water level instruments shall meet the require-ments of the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97 (Instrumentation for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plant to Assess Plant Conditions During and Following an Accident).

3.

The narrow range containment water level instruments shall meet the require-ments of Regulatory Guide 1.89 (Qualification of Class IE Equipment of Nuclear Power Plants).

The equivalent capacity of the wide range PWR level instrument has been changed from 500,000 gallons to 600,000 gallons to ensure consistency with the proposed revision to Regulatory Guide 1.97. It should be noted that this measurement capability is based on recent plant designs.

For older plants with smaller water capacities, licensees may propose deviations from this requirement based on the available water supply capability at their plant

~

5.

The containment water level indication shall be installed by January 1,

1981.

RG&E Res onses No additional response required.

55

~

~

Section 2.1.9 CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN INDICATION POSITION A continuous indication of hydrogen concentration in the containment atmosphere shall be provided in the control room.

Neasurement capability shall be provided over the range of 0 to 10', hydrogen concentration under both positive and negative ambient pressure.

CLARIFICATION 1.

The containment hydrogen indication shall meet the design provisions of Regulatory Guide 1.97 including qualification, redundancy, and testability.

2.

The containment hydrogen indication shall be installed by January 1,

1981.

RG&E intends to install containment hydrogen indication instrumenta-tion in conformance with the Staff position.

56

~

~

Section 2.1.9 - REACTOR COOIANT SYSTEM VENTING POSITION Each applicant and licensee shall install reactor coolant system and reactor vessel head high point vents remotely operated from the control room.

Since these vents form a part of the reactor coolant pressure

boundary, the design of the vents shall conform to the requirements of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50 General Design Criteria.

In particular, these vents shall be safety grade, and shall satisfy the single failure criterion and the requirements of IEEE-279 in order to ensure a low probability of inadvertent actuation.

Each application and licensee shall provide the following information concerning the design and operation of these high point vents:

1.

A description of the construction, location, size, and power supply for the vents along with results of analyses of loss-of-coolant accidents initiated by a break in the vent pipe.

The results of the analyses should be demon-strated to be acceptable in accordance with the acceptance criteria of 10 CFR 50.46.

2.

Analyses demonstrating that the direct venting of noncondensable gases with perhaps high hydrogen concentrations does not result in violation of com-bustible gas concentration limits in containment as described in 10 CFR Part 50.44, Regulatory Guide 1

~ 7 (Rev. 1),

and Standard Review Plan Section 6.2.5.

3.

Procedural guidelines for the operators'se of the vents.

The information available to the operator for initiating or terminating vent usage shall be discussed.

CLARIFICATION A.

General The two important safety functions enhanced by this venting capability are core cooling and containment integrity.

For events within the present design basis for nuclear power plants, the capability to vent non-condensible gases will provide additional assurance of meeting the requirements of 10CFR50.46 (LOCA criteria) and 10CFR50.44 (containment criteria for hydrogen generation).

For events beyond the present design basis, this venting capability will substantially increase the plant's ability to deal with large quantities of noncondensible gas without the loss of core cooling or containment integrity.

2.

Procedures addressing the use of the RCS vents are required by January 1,

1981.

The procedures should define the conditions under which the vents should be used as well as the conditions under which the vents should not be used.

, The procedures should be based on the following criteria:

(1) assurance that the plant can meet the requirements of 10CFR50.46 and 10CFR50.44 for Design Basis Accidents; and (2) a substantial increase in the plant's ability to maintain core cooling and containment integrity for events beyond the Design Basis.

B.

BWR Design Considerations Since the BWR owners group has suggested that the present BWR designs

~ inherent capability of venting, this question relates to the capa-bility of existing systems.

The ability of these systems to vent the RCS of noncondensible gas must be demonstrated.

In addition the ability of these systems to meet the same requirements as the PWR vent systems must be documented.

Since there are important dif-ferences among BWR's, each licensee should address the specific design features of his plant.

2.

In addition to reactor coolant system venting, each BWR licensee should address the ability to vent other systems such as the isola-tion condenser, which may be required to maintain adequate core cool-ing. If the production of a large amount of noncondensible gas would cause the loss of function of such a system, remote venting of that system is required.

The'ualifications of such a venting system should be the same as that required for PWR venting systems.

C.

PWR Vent Design Considerations 1.

The locations for PWR Vents are as follows:

a.

Each PWR licensee should provide the capability to vent the reactor vessel head.

b.

The reactor vessel head vent should be capable of venting non-condensible gas from the reactor vessel hot legs (to the eleva-tion of the top of the outlet nozzle) and cold legs (through head jets and other leakage paths).

Additional venting capability is required for those portions of each hot leg which cannot be vented throu'gh the reactor vessel head vent.

The NRC recognizes that it is impractical to vent each of the many thousands of tubes in a U-tube steam generator.

However, we believe that a

procedure can be developed which assures that sufficient liquid or steam can enter the U-tube region so that decay heat can be effectively removed from the reactor coolant system.

Such a

procedure is required by January 1981.

2.

c.

Venting of the pressurizer is required to assure its availability for system pressure and volume control.

These are important considerations especially during natural circulation.

The size of the reactor coolant vents is not a critical issue.

The desired venting capability can be achieved with vents in a fairly large range of sizes.

The criteria for sizing a vent can be developed in several ways.

One approach, which we consider reasonable, is to specify a volume of noncondensible gas to be vented and a venting time i.e.,

a vent capable of venting a gas volume of 1/2 the RCS in one hour.

Other criteria and engineering approaches should be con-sidered if desired.

58 Where practical the RCS vents should be kept smaller than the size corresponding to the definition of a LOCA (10CFR50 Appendix A).

This will minimize the challenges to the ECCS since the inadvertent open-

, ing of a vent smaller than the LOCA definition would not require ECCS actuation although it may result in leakage beyond Technical Speci-fication Limits.

On PWRs the use of new or existing valves which are larger than the LOCA definition will require the addition of a block valve which can be closed remotely to terminate the LOCA resulting from the inadvertent opening of the vent.

An indication of valve position should be provided in the control room.

Each vent should be remotely operable from the control room.

Each vent should be seismically qualified.

The requirements for a safety grade system is the same as the safety grade requirement on other Short Term Lessons Learned items, that is, it should have the same qualifications as were accepted for the reactor protection system when the plant was licensed.

The exception to this requirement is that we do not require redundant valves at each venting location.

Each vent must have its power supplied from an emergency bus.

A degree of redundancy should be provided by powering different vents from different emergency buses.

For systems where a block valve is required, the block valve should have the same qualifications as the vent.

Since the RCS vent system will be part of the reactor coolant system boundary, efforts should be made to minimize the probability of an inadvertent actuation of the system.

Removing power from the vents is one step in the direction.

Other steps are also encouraged.

Since the generation of large quantities of noncondensible gas could be associated with substantial core damage, venting to atmosphere is unacceptable because of the associated released radioactivity.

Venting into containment is the only presently available alternative.

Within containment those areas which provide good mixing with containment air are preferred.

Xn addition, areas which provide for maximum cooling of the vented gas are preferred.

Therefore the selection of a location for venting should take advantage of existing ventilation and heat removal systems.

The inadvertent opening of an RCS vent must be addressed.

For vents smaller than the LOCA definition, leakage detection must be sufficient to identify the leakages For vents larger than the LOCA definition, an analysis is required to demonstrate compliance with 10CFR50.46.

59 We are planning to establish a reactor coolant system high point vent system in accordance with the staff requirements by January 1,

1981.

A system description and design details for the vent system (and particularly the reactor vessel head vent,) are provided.

In order to meet the installation date staff approval of our system design contained in the following system description is required by March 1, 1980.

Approval of the design after March 1, will probably result in an inability to meet the January 1,

1981 installation date.

This is because the current goal is to install the head vent during the spring refueling outage scheduled for

March, 1980.

If any potential problems are identified, please inform us as soon as possible, at least by February 1,

1980.

60 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM HIGH POINT VENT SYSTEM

61

1. 0 INTRODUCTION The basic functions of the R.E.

Ginna reactor coolant system high point vent system are as follows:

To remove noncondensable gases from the reactor vessel and head which may impair natural circulation or emergency core cooling.

To remove a noncondensable or steam bubble in the pressurizer which prevents an orderly cold shutdown.

To remove noncondensable gases from the steam generator U-tubes which may be impairing natural circulation.

SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 1

62 2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD,VENT SYSTEM RVHVS The reactor vessel head vent system is shown on Figure 1.

The system as shown provides for venting the reactor vessel using only safety grade equipment.

The active portion of the system consists of 4 one-inch solenoid operated globe valves connected to the normal vent pipe in two redundant flow paths.

The isolation valves are powered by vital power supplies and are fail closed active valves in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.48.

The combination of safety-grade train assignments and valve failure modes will not prevent vessel head venting nor venting isolation with any single active failure.

The RVHVS connects to the existing 3/4 inch pipe used to manually vent the reactor during refilling operations.

The remotely operated vent system branches off into 2 redundant flow paths whose piping and valves are supported by the seismic support platform or the lifting columns.

The individual remotely operated vent paths are orificed to a diameter of

-o 25 to allow two normal positive displacement charging pumps to maintain system inventory in the event of a break or valve fai lure downstream of the orifice.

These orifices form the Safety Class 1 to 2 boundary of the system.

The vent system piping discharges locally into the refueling cavity; a well ventilated, open area of the containment.

Water released from the RVHVS resulting from leakage or saturated blowdown will drain to the A containment sump.

System leakage will be detected by radiation and sump volume monitoring.

2.2 PRESSURIZER VENT SYSTEM The power operated relief valves (PORV's) will be used to vent the top of the pressurizer.

These valves function as a part of the automatic reactor coolant system pressure control system and can be manually controlled from the control room.

The PORV's are air operated globe SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 2

valves which receive power from a vital bus.

Each Ginna PORV is being replaced with a new valve which we expect to be seismically qualified and which will have enhanced availability under extreme environmental con-ditions.

A seismically qualified nitrogen supply has been installed at Ginna to ensure the operability of the valve following a design earthquake.

2.3 STEAM GENERATOR U-TUBE VENTING If the information available to the operator indicates a degradation of natural circulation, a reactor coolant pump(s) can be started for brief periods of time to sweep noncondensable gases from the U-tubes of the steam generators.

The noncondensables can be swept into the reactor vessel head and pressurizer where the RVHVS or the PORV's can be opened if core cooling is being impaired by a noncondensable gas bubble.

SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 3

64 3.0 SYSTEM DESIGN BASIS 3.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM The RVHVS is designed to vent in excess of one half the reactor coolant system in one hour from one of two available flow paths.

The RVHVS is orificed to limit the blowdown from a break or inadvertently opened flow downstream of the orifice to within the capacity of two out of the three charging pumps at the Ginna plant.

A venting period of at least 10 minutes is allowed before hydrogen concentrations reach 4percent by volume in containment.

The system.is completely safety grade and meets the single failure criteria for ventinginitiation and termination.

The system is operated from the control room and has no automatic interlocks.

The RVHVS remains attached to the head during refueling and does not interfere with the manual venting process during vessel refill.

3.1.2 PRESSURIZER VENTING SYSTEM The pressurizer venting system is designed to rapidly vent the pressurizer from one of two power operated relief valves.

The PORV's at the Ginna plant will be upgraded to improve their reliability after seismic events and during high temperature/humidity conditions.

The PORV's will be replaced with the PORV's originally designated for the Sterling site.

These valves will have a new high temperature. diaphragm.

In addition, the valves have seismically qualified N2 supplies.

The PORV's receive power from a vital bus.

A failure modes and effects analysis was provided in a letter fran L.

D. White, Jr. to D. L. Ziemann, USNRC dated November 19, 1979.

SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 4

65 4.0 ELECTRICAL P01JER SUPPLIES The power operated relief valves are powered frcm a vital bus.

The PORV block valves are normally open fail-as-is motor operated valves.

Each valve is powered by a separate vital bus.

In the event that a previously opened.PORV fails to close on demand, the corresponding block valve can be closed.

The reactor vessel head vent valves are powered by the vital busses.

The head vent valves in series are powered from the same vital bus.

This method of powering valves in conjunction with the fail closed design allows the RVHVS to meet the single failure criteria.

Each RVHVS flow path consists of two normally closed, normally de-ener-gized valves.

The two series valve arrangements eliminate the possi-bility of a spuriously opened flow path due to the spurious movement of one valve.

As such, main control board power lockout of the valves is not necessary.

SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 5

66 5.0 THERMAL INSULATION The RVHVS piping is insulated up to the second isolation valves to minimize heat losses from the system.

SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 6

67 6.0 E UIPMENT PARAMETERS 6.1 REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT Valves Solenoid Operated Globe Valves Cv = 2.0 1" Sch.

160S connections Active valve per R.G. 1.48 Operating design pressure 2500 psig Design temperature 680 F

0 Design humidity 100/

Radiation environment - 10 rads y post accident 8

Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1974, Class 2

Fail closed Red/Green MCB status lights (Reed switches)

~Pi in Existing vent pipe-3/4" Sch.

80S Code compliance - ANSI B31.1 New piping 3/4" and 1" Sch.

160S Code compliance - ASME Sec. III, 1977, Class 1 and 2

Pi in Su orts and Su ort Structures Code compliance - ASME,Section III, 1977, Subsection NF for new supports and structures SD-RGE-RVHVS Rev.

0 Page 7

I 6.2 PRESSURIZER VENT 68 Valves Power operated relief valves Air operator Cv=50 Design temperatu're - 680 F

Design pressure

- 2485 psig Design humidity - lOOX Fail closed Code compliance - ASME, Secton III, Subsection NB Radiation environment - 50R/hr Gamma PORV Block Valve Motor operator L/D = 13 Design temperature

- 680 "

Design pressure

- 2<"5 Psig Design humidity - 100Ã Fail AS IS Code compliance - ASME,Section VIII

~Pi in Upstream of PORV 3" and 4" Sch.

160S Code Compliance - ANSI B31.1 Downstream of PORV 3" and 8" Sch.

40S Non Nuclear Safety Pi in Su orts and Su ort Structures PORV Upstream Piping is supported in accordance with ASME,Section III, Subsection NF SD-RGE-RV8VS Rev.

0 Page 8

LOCAL VENT S ~

LOCAL VENT HV-I

'-IS78R A" ~

HV-3 I-IS78R 3/4-RC-250IR HV-2 I. IS78R I X 3/4

, HV-4 I-IS78R I X 3/4

~ ~

'/4-RC-250 IR:; h.

'00 3/4-T58 NOTE I v

AA REACTOR VESSEL HEAD v,'

~

~ ~

~

. IIOTES:

I, Y4..INCH FLOW RESTRICTION ALLOWS TRANSIT ION FIKN ANSI SAFETY CLASS I

TO 2

/%

FIGURE DATE PRELIMINARY INFO. ONLY D-TF.

APPROVED FOR LAYOUT e

. I hP>>

~ LD F.~

CO'v JETJ

'v

~ ~

J1 I

~ v f';

~ ): ~

1 f

~ (

('

f

~

"'"J ROBINSON G vvvvR OfS SRG vrfG SRG

~vILS Svv(

AfR AAA AAI OffG SOAV

~,

7 SG ASS O vvlhSASvvS vvv vhGe (S K54C.<3.3.;

DRAWING 5 IATIIS hrestlnghouse Electric Corpor'zn ~. l fvVCLCAR (h(RGf SJSNRS tf.'.f h fa ROBERT E. GINN>> 'IJ LEAR S.-'TI~'I ROCHESTER GAS AND ELECTRIC REACTOR VESSEL HEAD VENT SYSTEM

70 Section 2.2.l.a SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES POSITIONS 1.

The highest level of corporate management of each licensee shall issue and periodically reissue a management directive that emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Shift Supervisor for safe opera-tion of the plant under all conditions on his shift and that clearly establishes his command duties.

2.

Plant procedures shall be reviewed to assure that the duties, responsi-bilities, and authority of the Shift Supervisor and control room operators are properly defined to effect the establishment of a definite line of command and clear delineation of the command decision authority of the shift supervisor in the control room relative to other plant management personnel.

Particular emphasis shall be placed on the following:

a.

The responsibility and authority of the Shift Supervisor shall be to maintain the broadest perspective of operational conditions affecting the safety of the plant as a matter of highest priority at all times when on duty in the control room.

The idea shall be reinforced that the Shift Supervisor should not become totally involved in any single operation in times of emergency when multiple operations are required in the control room.

b.

The Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved, shall remain in the control room at all times during accident situations to direct the activities of control room operators.

Persons authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor shall be specified.

C.

If the Shift Supervisor is temporarily absent from the control room during routine operations, a lead control room operator shall be designated to assume the control room command function.

These temporary duties, responsibilities, and authority shall be clearly specified.

3.

Training programs for Shift Supervisors shall emphasize and reinforce the responsibility for safe operation and the management function the shift supervisor is to provide for assuring safety.

4.

The administrative duties of the Shift Supervisor shall be 'reviewed by the senior officer of each utility responsiblie for plant operations.

Administrative functions that detract from or are subordinate to the management responsibility for assuring the safe operation of the plant shall be delegated to other operations personnel not on duty in the control room.

CLARIFICATION The attachment provides clarification to the above position.

71 Attachment Section 2.2.1.A - SHIFT SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY NUREG"0578 POSITION POSITION NO.

CLARIFICATION Highest Level of Corporate 1Ianagement (1.)

Periodically Reissue (1.)

Nanagement Direction (1.)

Properly Defined (2.0)

V. P. For Operations Annual Reinforcement of Company Policy Formal Documentation of Shift Personnel, All Plant Nanagement, Copy to IE Region

'Defined in Writing in a Plant Procedure Until Properly Relieved (2.B)

Temporarily Absent (2.C)

Control Room Defined (2 AC)

Formal Transfer of Authority, Valid SRO

License, Recorded in Plant Log Any Absence Includes Shift Supervisor Office Adjacent to the Control Room Designated (2.C)

In Administrative Procedures Clearly Specified SRO Training Administrative Duties (4.)

Administrative Duties Reviewed (4.)

Defined in Administra-tive Procedures Specified in ANS 3.1 (Draft) Section 5.2.1.8 Not Affecting Plant Safety On Same Interval as Reinforcement:

i.e.,

Annual by V.P. for Operations

72 RGSE Res onses POSITION 1:

The Vice President of Electric and Steam Production has issued, and plans to annually re-issue a directive to Ginna Station personnel which emphasizes the primary management responsibility of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor for safe operation of the plant under all conditions and which clearly establishes his command duties.

A copy has been sent, to the USNRC Office of Inspection and Enforcement Region I Office.

POSITION 2:

Plant procedures have been reviewed to ascertain the extent of which duties, responsibilities and authority of the Ginna Station Shift, Supervisor and Control Room Operators are defined.

A definite line of command and clear delineation of command decision authority of the Shift Supervisor is provided in procedure A-52.1, Shift Organization and Responsibility in its section on Control Room Operations.

This is reinforced in the specific listing of duties in procedure A-201 Ginna Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsi-bilities.

Regarding the additional particular emphasis

required, the following information is provided:

a

~

Procedure A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibility has been revised to explicitly address the need for a broad perspective and avoidance of total involvement in any single operation.

b.

Procedure A-52.1 also specifies that during accident condi-tions the Shift Supervisor shall remain in the Control Room until properly relieved.

Those authorized to relieve the Shift Supervisor are specified.

c.

The above procedure also provides clear indication of the control room command function of the Head Control Operator during temporary absence of the Shift Supervisor.

POSITION 3:

A management directive has been issued to the Shift Supervisors which emphasizes and reinforces their responsibility for safe operation under all conditions and their management function. It addresses the need for a broad perspective in operational condi-tions affecting plant safety and establishes their command duties.

This directive will be reissued on an annual basis.

POSITION 4:

Duties of the Ginna Station Shift Supervisor have been reviewed by the Vice President, Electric and Steam Production in his

73

~

~

~

~

~

review of each PositionAnalysis for the job classifications in his department.

The administrative. duties performed by the Shift Supervisor have been recently reviewed and it, was determined that all duties were related to safe operation of the plant.

Section 2.2.l.b SHIFT TECHNICAL ADVISOR POSITION Each licensee shall provide an on-shift technical advisor to the shift super-visor.

The shift technical advisor may serve more than one unit at a multi-unit site if qualified to perform the advisor function for the various units.

The Shift Technical Advisor shall have a bachelor's degree or equivalent in a scientific or engineering discipline and have received specific training in the response and analysis of the plant for transients and accidents.

The shift technical advisor shall also receive training in plant design and layout, including the capabilities of instrumentation and controls in the control room.

The licensee shall assign normal duties to the shift technical advisors that pertain to the engineering aspects of assuring safe operations of the plant, including the review and evaluation of operating experience.

DISCUSSION The NRC Lessons Learned Task Force has recommended the use of Shift Technical Advisors (STA) as a method of immediately improving the plant operation staff's capabilities for response to off-normal conditions and for evaluating operating experience In defining the characteristics of the STA, we have used the two essential functions to be provided by the STA.

These are accident assessment and operat-ing experience assement.

Accident Assessment The STA serving the accident assessment function must be dedicated to con-cern for the safety of the plant.

The STA's duties will be to diagnose off-normal events and advise the shift supervisor.

The duties of the STA should not include the manipulation of controls or supervision of operators.

The STA must be available, in the control room, within 10 minutes of being sum-moned.

The qualifications of the STA should include college level education in engineering and science subjects as well as training in reactor operations both normal and off-normal.

Details regarding these qualifications are provided in paragraphs A.l, 2 and 3 of Enclosure 2 to our September 13, 1979 letter.

In addition, the STA serving the accident assessment function must be cognizant of the evaluations performed as part of the operating experience assessment function.

2.

0 eratin E

erience Assessment The persons serving the operating experience assessment function must be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant.

Their function will be to evaluate plant operations from a safety point of view and should in-clude such assignments as listed on pages A-50 and A-51 of NUREG-0578.

Their qualifications are identical to those described previously under accident assessment and collectively this group should provide competence in all technical areas important to safety.

It is desirable that this function be performed by onsite personnel.

~,

t~

75 CLARIFICATION Due to the similarity in the requirements for dedication to safety, training and onsite location and the desire that the accident assessment function be performed by someone whose normal duties involve review of operating experiences, our preferred position is that the same people perform the accident and operating experience assessment functions.

The performance of these two functions may be split if it can be demonstrated the persons assigned the accident assessment role are aware, on a current

basis, of the work being done by those reviewing operating experience.

2.

To provide assurance that the STA will be dedicated to concern for the safety of the plant, our position has been that STA's must have a clear measure of independence from duties associated with the commercial opera-tion of the plant.

This would minimize possible distractions from safety judgments by the demands of commercial operations'e have determined that, while 'desirable, independence from the operations staff of the plant is not necessary to provide this assurance.

It is necessary, however, to clearly emphasize the dedication to safety associated with the STA position both in the STA job description and in the personnel fillingthis position. It is not acceptable to assign a person, who is normally the immediate supervisor of the shift supervisor to STA duties as defined herein.

It is our position that the STA should be available within 10 minutes of being summoned and therefore should be onsite.

The onsite STA may be in a duty status for periods of time longer than one shift, and therefore asleep at some times, if the ten minute availability is assured.

It is preferable to locate those doing the operating experience assessment on-site.

The desired exposure to the operating plant and contact with the STA (if these functions are to be'plit) may be able to be accomplished by a group, normally stationed offsite, with frequent onsite presence.

We do not intend, at this time, to specify or advocate a minimum time on-site.

The implementation schedule for the STA requirements is to have the STA on duty by January 1,

1980, and to have
STAs, who have all completed training requirements, on duty by January 1,

1981.

While minimum training requirements have not been specified for January 1,

1980, the STAs on duty by that time should enhance the accident and operating experience assessment function at the plant.

RGS(E Res onse The present shift operation organization, augmented by an additional licensed individual in the Control Room and further augmented by on-call Duty Engineers holding NRC Senior Reactor Operator Licenses and an expanded training program, represents a suitable alternative for accomplishing the objectives of the NRC Task Force position for a Shift Technical Advisor.

76 The Ginna Station Operation Department consists of five shifts with a minimum of five operators per shift, two of whom hold Senior Reactor Operator Licenses.

The Shift Foremen have maintained their licenses since before January 1970 and have a broad knowledge of plant design and operation.

The present'shift complements are normally comprised of a Shift Foreman (SRO),

Head Control Room Operator (SRO), Control Room Operator (RO) and 3 Auxiliary operators (some with RO licenses).

To meet the requirements of Safet Monitorin Function one addi-tional licensed individual wall be assigned to the control room when the reactor is critical and will be designated as Shift Technical Advisor.

Thus the number of licensed individuals normally in the Control Room will be increased to 3.

During the course of a reactor transient this additional licensed individual will be in the control room and will ~onl be functioning in the Technical Advisory capacity to the Shz.ft Supervisor.

The Shift Technical Advisor will administratively report to the Technical Assistant - Operational Experience and Assessment Engineer.

The concept of an on-call Duty Engineer has been in existence since our commercial operation in 1970.'he individuals on-call are plant staff engineers and possess an NRC Senior Reactor Operators License.

We have purchased and assigned a 4 wheel drive vehicle with two way radio communication to the on-call duty engineer.

Administrative procedure A-201 "Ginna Station Administrative and Engineering Staff Responsibilities" has been revised to include the responsiblities of the Shift Technical Advisor and the responsi-bilities of the Technical Assistant - Operational Experience Assessment Engineer.

The Training Program to augment the technical education of the assigned Shift Technical Advisors for the safety monitoring function in the Control Room will be as follows.

Rochester Institute of Technology, College of Continuing Education will be providing the technical education required.

This educa-tional program will commence on January 8,

1980.

Classes will be held in the morning and evening, two days per week, (forty-four weeks per year), with the same material presented during both classes of the same day to allow the necessary flexibilityfor shift personnel attendance.

Classes will be held at the Brookwood (Ginna) Information and Science Center.

Table 2.2.l.b indicates the curriculum for the first three years.

Besides providing the Shift Technical Advisor with the areas of knowledge suggested by the NRC, this program will allow par-ticipants to gain an AAS degree in an engineering discipline in approximately four years and a Bachelor degree in an engineering discipline in an additional two years.

77 Although we are not completing the program in 1 year, it is a

major commitment to provide a quality program.

We have 10 years of operating experience with a total of 164 man-years of licensed operator experience.

This safe operation experience and an expanded training program provides a high level of confidence-that the operating staff will perform safely and properly under accident conditions.

Table 2.2,1 Year I First Quarter Technical Mathematics (CTAN 201)

Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 201)

Lab (CTIL 206)

Second Quarter Technical Mathematics (CTAH 202)

Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 202)

Lab (CTIL 207)

Third Quarter Introduction to Solution.

of Fngineering Problems (CTEH 420)

Elements of Electricity and Electronics (CTIL 203)

Lab (CTIL 208)

Fourth Quarter Solution of Engineering Problems I (CTEM 421)

Physics (CTCP 301)

Lab (CTCP 306)

Year II First Quarter Solution of Engineering Problems II (CTEH 422) physics (CTCP 302)

Lab (CTCP 307)

Year III Second Quarter Haterials Technology I (CTEN 414)

Physics (CTCP 303)

Lab (CTCP 308)

Third Quarter Haterials Technology II (CTEM 415)

Digital Systems (CTIE 321)

Fourth Quarter Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer (CTEH 441)

Analog Systems (CTIE 322)

First Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 351)

Mechanics of Fluids (CTEM 461)

Second Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 352)

Reactor Physics*

Third Quarter Electromechanical Devices and Systems (CTIL 353)

Reactor Thermodynamics*

Fourth Quarter Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (CTIL 303)

Reactor Control*

  • Accreditation not yet granted

79 Section 2.2.l.c - SHIFT AND RELIEF TURNOVER PROCEDURES

~

~

~

POSITION The licensee shall review and revise as necessary the plant procedure for shift and relief turnover to assure the following:

A checklist shall be provided for the oncoming and offgoing control room operators and the oncoming shift supervisor to complete and sign.

The following items, as a minimum, shall be included in the checklist:

a.

Assurance that critical plant parameters are within allowable limits (parameters and allowable limits shall be listed on the checklist).

b.

Assurance of the availability and proper alignment of all systems essential to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents by a check of the control console (what to check and criteria for acceptance status shall be included on the checklist).

C.

Identification of systems and components that are in a degraded mode of operation permitted by the Technical Specifications.

For such systems and components, the length of time in the degraded mode shall be compared with the Technical Specifi-cations action statement (this shall be recorded as a separate entry on the checklist).

2.

Checklist or logs shall be provided for completion by the offgoing and oncoming auxiliary operators and technicians.

Such checklists or logs shall include any equipment under maintenance or test that by themselves could degrade a system critical to the prevention and mitigation of operational transients and accidents or initiate operational transients (what to check and criteria for acceptable status will be included on the checklist.)

3.

A system shall be established to evaluate the effectiveness of the shift and relief turnover procedures (for example, periodic independent verification of system alignments).

CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.

RG&E Res onses POSITION 1:

Procedure A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibility was revised so as to establish a new separate procedure for Shift Relief Turn-over to formalize the transfer of operational information between shifts. It calls for review by the oncoming and offgoing Control Room Operators and the oncoming and offgoing Shift Supervisor as attested to by their signature.

80

't specifies review of a checklist of critical plant parameters which include alarm. values and Plant Technical Specification limits, with direction to document any value not in the allowable range for the current operating mode.

b.

It also requires documentation of checking the availability and proper alignment of all systems essential to the preven-tion and mitigation of operational transients and accidents, by use of procedure 0-6.2, Main Control Board Status.

It in-cludes the criteria for acceptance status.

This procedure is completed each shift and requires documentation of any system not in its prescribed configuration.

C.

It specifies review of systems and components that are in a degraded mode of operation permitted by Technical Specifica-

tions, as reported in accordance with procedures A-52.4, Control of Limiting Conditions for Operating Equipment, and A-52.5, Control of Limiting Conditions for System Specifica-tions.

The length of time in a degraded mode is identified in these reports:

POSITION 2:

Auxiliary Operators and Shift, Health Physics Technicians maintain logs of the activities they perform for the purpose of informing their reliefs of activities performed or in progress and unusual conditions.

New procedures have been written to provide a method for transferring information at shift change.

Checklists have been provided to indicate equipment to be checked and criteria for acceptable status.

81 Section 2.2.2.a CONTROL ROOM ACCESS POSITION The licensee shall make provisions for limiting access to the control room to those individuals responsible for the direct operation of the nuclear power plant (e.g.,

operations supervisor, shift supervisor, and control room operators),

to technical advisors who may be requested or required to support the operation, and to predesignated NRC personnel.

Provisions shall include the following:

1.

Develop and implement an administrative procedure that establishes the authority and responsibility of the person in charge of the control room to limit access.

Develop and implement procedures that establish a clear line of authority and responsibility in the control room in the event of any emergency.

The line of succession for the person in charge of the control room shall be established and limited to persons possessing a current senior reactor operator's licensees The plan shall clearly define the lines of communica-tion and authority for plant management personnel not in direct command of operations, including those who report to stations outside of the control room.

CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.

An Administrative Procedure, A-52.1 Shift Organization and Responsibilities has been revised to formalize existing policies which allow the Shift Supervisor to restrict access to the control room during both normal operation and emergencies.

This procedure establishes authority and responsibilities in the Control Room in the event of an emergency, and provides for a line of succession for the person in charge of the plant operat:ions.

The line of suc-cession has been limited to those who possess a current NRC Senior Operator's License.

The procedure provides that. access by the NRC may be limited to the primary site inspector at: the discretion of the Shift Supervisor.

Procedures have been established to designate individuals who should report to the Technical Support Center and the Operat;ional Support.

Center in the event of a site emergency.

These procedures include the lines of communication and authority of reporting personnel.

82 Section 2.2.2.b - ONSITE TECHNICAI. SUPPORT CENTER POSITION Each operating nuclear power plant shall maintain an onsite technical support center separate from and in close prozimity to the control room that has the capability to display and transmit plant status to those individuals who are knowledgeable of and responsible for engineering and management support of reactor operations in the event of an accident.

The center shall be habitable to the same degree as the control room for postulated accident conditions.

The licensee shall revise his emergency plans as necessary to incorporate the role and location of the technical support center.

Records that pertain to. the as-built conditions and layout of structures, systems and components shall be readily available to personnel in the TSC.

CLARIFICATION 1.

By January 1,

1980, each licensee, should meet items A-G that follow.

Each licensee is encouraged to provide additional upgrading of the TSC (items 2-10) as soon as practical, but no later than January 1,

1981.

A.

Establish a TSC and provide a complete description, B.

Provide plans and procedures for engineering/management support and staffing of the TSC, C.

Install dedicated communications between the TSC and the control room, near site emergency operations

center, and the NRC, D.

Provide monitoring (either portable or permanent) for both direct radiation and airborne radioactive contaminants.

The monitors should provide warning if the radiation levels in the support center are reaching potentially dangerous levels.

The licensee should designate action levels to define when protective measures should be taken (such as using breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets, or evacua-tion to the control room),

E.

Assimulate or ensure access to Technical Data, including the licensee's best effort to have direct display of plant parameters, necessary'or assessment in the TSC, F.

Develop procedures for performing this accident assessment function from the control room should the TSC become uninhabitable, and G.

Submit to the NRC a longer range plan for upgrading the TSC to meet all requirements.

2.

Location:

It is recommended that the TSC be located in close prozimity to the control room to ease communications and access to technical information during an emergency.

The center should be located onsite, i.e ~, within the plant security boundary.

The greater the distance from the CR, the more sophisticated and complete should be the communications and availability of technical information.

Consideration should be given to providing key TSC personnel with a means for gaining access to the control room.

83

'h sical Size

& Staffin The TSC should be large enough to house 25 persons, necessary engineering data and information displays (TV monitors, recorders, etc.).

Each licensee should specify staffing levels and disciplines reporting to the TSC for emergencies of varying severity.

Activation The center should be activated in accordance with the "Alert" level as defined in the NRC document "Draft Emergency Action Level Guidelines, NUREG-0610" dated September,

1979, and currently out for public comment.

Instrumentation in the TSC should be capable of providing displays of vital plant parameters from the time the accident began (t = 0 defined as either reactor or turbine trip).

The Shift Technical Advisor should be consulted on the "Notification of Unusual Event" however, the activation of the TSC is discretionary for that class of event.

5.

Instrumentation oi The instrumentation to be located in the TSC need not meet safety-grade requirements but should be qualitatively comparable (as regards accuracy and reliability) to that in the control room.

The TSC should have the capability to access and display plant parameters independent from actions in the control room.

Careful consideration should be given to the design of the interface of the TSC instrumentation to assure that addition of the TSC will not result in any degradation of the control room or other plant functions.

6.

Instrumentation Power Su l The power supply to the TSC instrumentation need not meet safety-grade requirements, but should be reliable and of a quality compatible with the TSC instrumentation requirements.

To insure continuity of information at the TSC, the power supply provided should be continuous once the TSC is activated.

Consideration should be given to avoid loss of stored data (e.g., plant computer) due to momentary loss of power or switching transients.

If the power supply is provided from a plant safety-related power source, careful attention should be given to assure that the capa-bility and reliability of the safety-related power source is not degraded as a result of this modification.

7.

Technical Data Each licensee should establish the technical data requirements for the

TSC, keeping in mind the accident assessment function that has been established for those persons reporting to the TSC during an emergency.

As a minimum, data (historical in addition to current status) should be available to per-mit the assessment of:

Plant Safety Systems Parameters for:

Reactor Coolant System Secondary System (PHRs)

ECCS Systems Feedwater

& Hakeup Systems Containment In-Plant Radiological Parameters for:

Reactor Coolant System Containment Effluent Treatment Release Paths Offsite Radiological Heteorology Offsite Radiation Levels Data Transmission In addition to providing a data transmission link between the TSC and the control room, each licensee should review current technology as regards transmission of those parameters identified for TSC display.

Although there is not a requirement at the present time, each licensee should investigate the capability to transmit plant data offsite to the Emergency Operations

Center, the NRC, the reactor vendor, etc.

Structural Inte rit A.

The TSC need not be designed to seismic Category I requirements.

The center should be well built in accordance with sound engineering practice with due consideration to the effects of natural phenomena that may occur at the site.

B.

Since the center need not be designed to the same stringent require-ments as the Control Room, each licensee should prepare a backup plan for responding to an emergency from the control zoom.

85 The licensee should provide protection for the technical support center personnel from radiological hazards including direct radiation and airborne contaminants as per General Design Criterion 19 and SRP 6.4.

A.

Licensee should assure that personnel inside the technical support center (TSC) will not receive doses in excess of those specified in GDC 19 and SRP 6.4 (i.e.,

5 Rem whole body and 30 Rem to the thyroid for the duration of the accident).

Hajor sources of radiation should be considered.

B.

Permanent monitoring systems should be provided to continuously indicate radiation dose rates and airborne radioactivity concentrations inside the TSC.

The monitoring systems should include local alarms to warn personnel of adverse conditions'rocedures must be provided which will specify appropriate protective actions to be taken in the event that high dose rates or airborne radioactive concentrations exist.

C.

Permanent ventilation systems which include particulate and charcoal filters should be provided.

The ventilation systems need not be qualified as ESF systems.

The design and testing guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.52 should be followed except that the systems do not have to be redundant,

seismic, instrumented in the control room or automatically activated.

In addition, the HEPA filters need not be tested as specified in Regulatory Guide 1.52 and the HEPA's do not have to meet the QA requirements of Appendix B to 10 CFR 50.

However, spare parts should be readily available and procedures in place for replacing failed components during an accident.

The systems should be designed to operate from the emergency power supply.

D.

Dose reduction measures such as breathing apparatus and potassium iodide tablets cannot be used as a design basis for the TSC in lieu of ventilation systems with charcoal filters.

However, potassium iodide and breathing apparatus should be available.

Interim Technical Su ort Center To meet the short term (interim) requirements for an on site technical support, center (TSC) by January 1,

1980, the existing planalog room (present interim TSC) of the service building has been activated with the services necessary to meet the intent of the requirements.

Present modifications to the service building dictate that, the TSC be relocated to a new room (new interim TSC) in the service building.

The relocation will be completed in early 1980 without interruption to any servi'ce or capability requirement of the TSC.

This TSC will be activated until January 1,

1981 at which time the permanent TSC will be activated.

The following tasks have been completed and fulfillthe require-ments of the interim TSC.

A.

B.'.

The present interim TSC has been established and a description of the facility is given in this response.

Plans and procedures for support and staffing 'of the TSC have been completed.

Personnel have been assigned to man the center and their respective responsibilities designated.

The latest up-to-date drawings that, are required to assess an incident are located in the TSC.

QC document control procedures have been revised to insure that these drawings are kept current.

Communications between the TSC,

NRC, emergency center, standby emergency center, onsite operational support center and control room have been established by adding two (2) company extensions to the TSC which can operate through the Rochester Telephone system.

Additionally, two (2) Ontario (New York Telephone) phones have been added to the TSC.

All four of these lines will be available on any of the four hand sets.

The NRC direct line to the control room has had an extension placed in the TSC.

A hard wired intercom system has been installed with the master unit located in the TSC and slave units located in the control room, emergency center, standby emergency center and the onsite operational support, center.

The master unit has the capability of calling and communicating with each slave station, but each slave unit can only call the TSC.

Thus, a mode of communication directly under the TSC control is assured.

One spare master unit will be located in the plant superintendent's office and a spare slave unit. will be located in the TSC.

To further insure communications reliability, 6 portable radios are being purchased for the TSC which are of the same frequency as the base radios in the control room and emergency center.

D.

A storage cabinet is located in the present interim TSC which contains masks with charcoal cannisters, DC battery lighting packs, and potassium iodide tablets.

Action levels including evacuation to the control room have been established for the various protective responses.

A radiation monitor with local readout only is installed in the TSC.

A radiation detector capable of local readout with alarm and remote readout has been ordered.

Because of lead time involved in obtaining this instrument and the relatively

87 I

short period of time the present interim TSC will be in service, it is not intended to be installed there.

However, the necessary cabling etc.

has been installed to provide an installation in the new interim (early 1980)

TSC.

This monitor system will provide an indication of,radiation levels in the TSC at, the emergency center as well as perform

,.the normal function of local alarm and indication in the TSC.

E.

Access to vital plant parameters is provided for in the TSC by utilizing a plant computer data link.

Software has been developed by which selected groups of parameters can be obtained in log sheet fashion.

Printout of a single parameter or group of parameters is available.

Ninety percent of a control board video scan system is installed but will not be completed until the new interim TSC is placed in service.

Power for the 'present TSC is supplied by a normal nonvital bus source,

however, upon loss of normal power, backup power is provided by an emergency lighting panel.

Procedure SC1.3E for manning the TSC has been approved.

This procedure also directs personnel to the control room should the interim technical support center become unavailable.

Permanent Technical Su ort Center The permanent technical support center (TSC) is intended to be completed by January 1,

1981.

A preliminary review indicated that, several thousand square feet of floor space might be needed to meet all the requirements of NUREG-0578.

The TSC will occupy a one story addition to the present AVT building to the east of the turbine building and will be approximately 5000 square feet.

The location clearly meets the requirement of "close to the control room".

The power supply for the TSC will be an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) backed up by a diesel generator.

The system is planned to be identical to the present power supply now in opera-tion for the Ginna Station security system.

A HVAC system will be installed for this addition that will provide a habitable environment at least equal to that of the control room.

Ample shielding for occupants during an accident will be provided to limit exposures below those of GDC 19 consider-ing major sources of radiation.

The accident assessment area will have computerized graphic display systems capable of, reading out various vital plant parameters including radiation and meteorology data.

The necessary dedicated communications will be provided in this area.

In addition a radiation monitor will be provided.,

88 A conference room, offices with telephones for at least RG&E and

NRC, a working area, toilet facilities and a combination record,
print, and reproduction room will also be provided.

Design of the facility is at a preliminary stage.

It is our

intent, however, to provide a permanent TSC which meets the staff requirements outlined in the clarifications above.

More informa-tion will be available as the design progresses throughout the, first quarter of 1980.

89 Section 2.2.2.c - ONSITE OPERATIONAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION An area to be designated as the onsite operational support center shall be established.

It shall be separate from the control room and shall be the place to which the operations supp'ort personnel will report in an emergency situation.

Communications with the control room shall be provided.

The emergency plan shall be revised to reflect the existence of the center and to establish the methods and lines of communication and management.

CLARIFICATION No clarification provided.

The auxiliary operator office and adjacent technical library have been designated as the Operational Support Center.

This area is located at the east end of the turbine building one floor below the control room.

.It is equipped with telephones and a station intercom system which connects the Control Room, Technical Support Center and Emergency Survey Center.

Procedure SC-1.3E for manning the center has been reviewed by PORC and approved by the plant superintendent as part of the emergency procedures series.

APPENDIX A